Tax Notes logo

ELECTRONIC AND MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECS FOR 1995 ARE PUBLISHED.

JUN. 19, 1995

Rev. Proc. 95-29; 1995-1 C.B. 706

DATED JUN. 19, 1995
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Institutional Authors
    Internal Revenue Service
  • Cross-Reference

    Rev. Proc. 94-43, 1994-27 IRB 5

  • Code Sections
  • Subject Areas/Tax Topics
  • Index Terms
    filing, electronic
  • Jurisdictions
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    95 TNT 125-18
Citations: Rev. Proc. 95-29; 1995-1 C.B. 706

Superseded by Rev. Proc. 96-36 Modified and Amplified by Rev. Proc. 95-29A

Rev. Proc. 95-29

NOTE: Use this revenue procedure to prepare Tax Year 1995 information returns for submission to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) using any of the following:

                         - Magnetic Tape

 

                         - Tape Cartridge

 

                         - 5 1/4-inch Diskette

 

                         - 3 1/2-inch Diskette

 

                         - 8-inch Diskette

 

                         - Electronic Filing

 

                              - (Bisynchronous)

 

                              - (Asynchronous)

 

 

Please read this publication carefully. Persons or businesses required to file information returns may be subject to penalties for failure to file or failure to include correct information if they do not follow the instructions in this revenue procedure.

* THIS IS THE LAST YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995) 8-INCH FILING SPECIFICATIONS WILL APPEAR IN THIS PUBLICATION. IRS/MCC WILL DISCONTINUE PROCESSING 8-INCH DISKETTES FOR TAX YEAR 1996, CALENDAR YEAR 1997. IF YOU CURRENTLY FILE INFORMATION RETURNS ON 8-INCH DISKETTE, YOU NEED TO CHANGE TO ONE OF THE OPTIONS LISTED BELOW. REFER TO:

     PART B, MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     PART C, BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING

 

             SPECIFICATIONS

 

                              OR

 

 

     PART D, ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING

 

             SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

      PART A.  GENERAL

 

 

          SECTION  1.  PURPOSE

 

          SECTION  2.  NATURE OF CHANGES - CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR

 

                       1995)

 

          SECTION  3.  WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS,

 

                            MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

 

          SECTION  4.  FILING REQUIREMENTS

 

          SECTION  5.  FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING

 

                       INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

          SECTION  6.  VENDOR LIST

 

          SECTION  7.  FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING

 

                       INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/

 

                       ELECTRONICALLY

 

          SECTION  8.  TEST FILES

 

          SECTION  9.  FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/

 

                       ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

 

          SECTION 10.  DUE DATES

 

          SECTION 11.  EXTENSIONS OF TIME

 

          SECTION 12.  PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                       MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

          SECTION 13.  CORRECTED RETURNS

 

          SECTION 14.  TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

 

          SECTION 15.  EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

 

          SECTION 16.  COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

 

          SECTION 17.  DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

          SECTION 18.  STATE ABBREVIATIONS

 

          SECTION 19.  MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

 

 

 PART B.  MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

          SECTION  1.  GENERAL

 

          SECTION  2.  TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

 

          SECTION  3.  TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS

 

          SECTION  4.  5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE

 

                       SPECIFICATIONS

 

          SECTION  5.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL

 

                            FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

          SECTION  6.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION  7.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL FIELD

 

                            DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS

 

          SECTION  8.  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION  9.  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION 10.  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 PART C.  BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING

 

          SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

          SECTION  1.  GENERAL

 

          SECTION  2.  ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

 

          SECTION  3.  TEST FILES

 

          SECTION  4.  ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

 

          SECTION  5.  TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

 

          SECTION  6.  IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION

 

                            SPECIFICATIONS

 

          SECTION  7.  BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD

 

                       SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

 PART D.  ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

          SECTION  1.  GENERAL

 

          SECTION  2.  ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

 

          SECTION  3.  TEST FILES

 

          SECTION  4.  ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

 

          SECTION  5.  TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

 

          SECTION  6.  INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN

 

                       BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

 

          SECTION  7.  IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES

 

 

 PART E.  SINGLE DENSITY (8-INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

 NOTE:     THIS IS THE LAST YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995) SINGLE DENSITY 8-INCH

 

           DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS WILL APPEAR IN THE PUBLICATION

 

           1220.

 

 

          SECTION  1.  GENERAL

 

          SECTION  2.  DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

          SECTION  3.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL

 

                       INFORMATION

 

 

          SECTION  4.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION  5.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION

 

                       FOR ALL FORMS

 

          SECTION  6.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

 

                       FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098,

 

                       1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                       1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                       THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

                       1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

          SECTION  7.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR

 

                       SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098,

 

                       1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                       1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                       THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

                       1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

          SECTION  8.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

          SECTION  9.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

 

          SECTION 10.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C

 

          SECTION 11.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM

 

                       1099-OID

 

          SECTION 12.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

          SECTION 13.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

          SECTION 14.  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION 15.  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION 16.  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD

 

                       LAYOUT

 

 

 PART F.  DOUBLE DENSITY (8-INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

 NOTE:  THIS IS THE LAST YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995) DOUBLE DENSITY (8-

 

        INCH) DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS WILL APPEAR IN THE

 

        PUBLICATION 1220.

 

 

          SECTION  1.  GENERAL

 

          SECTION  2.  DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

          SECTION  3.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL

 

                       INFORMATION

 

          SECTION  4.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD

 

                       LAYOUT

 

          SECTION  5.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION

 

                       FOR ALL FORMS

 

          SECTION  6.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR

 

                       SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV,

 

                       1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,

 

                       1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A,

 

                       1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G

 

          SECTION  7.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR

 

                       SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV,

 

                       1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,

 

                       1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A,

 

                       1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

          SECTION  8.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

          SECTION  9.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

          SECTION 10.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C

 

          SECTION 11.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM

 

                       1099-OID

 

          SECTION 12.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

          SECTION 13.  PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                       RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

 

          SECTION 14.  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION 15.  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

          SECTION 16.  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD

 

                       LAYOUT

 

 

 PART G.  MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

 

 

          SECTION 1. RECORD FORMAT USED TO REQUEST AN EXTENSION OF TIME,

 

                     MAGNETICALLY OR ELECTRONICALLY

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

.01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the specifications for filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G electronically or on magnetic media which includes 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490 AS400, compatible tape cartridges; or 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-inch diskettes, with IRS. This is the last year (Tax Year 1995) 8-inch diskette filing specifications will appear in the Publication 1220. IRS/MCC will discontinue processing 8-inch diskettes for Tax Year 1996, calendar year 1997.

This revenue procedure must be used for the preparation of Tax Year 1995 information returns and information returns for years prior to 1995 that are required to be filed. This revenue procedure must be used to prepare current and prior year information returns filed between January 1, 1996, and December 31, 1996. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this revenue procedure.

          (a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

 

          (b) Form 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of

 

               Secured Property.

 

          (c) Form 1099-B, Proceeds From Broker and Barter

 

               Exchange Transactions.

 

          (d) Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt.

 

          (e) Form 1099-DIV, Dividends and Distributions.

 

          (f) Form 1099-G, Certain Government Payments.

 

          (g) Form 1099-INT, Interest Income.

 

          (h) Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income.

 

          (i) Form 1099-OID, Original Issue Discount.

 

          (j) Form 1099-PATR, Taxable Distributions Received

 

               from Cooperatives.

 

          (k) Form 1099-R, Distributions From Pensions,

 

               Annuities, Retirement or Profit-Sharing Plans,

 

               IRAs, Insurance Contracts, etc.

 

          (l) Form 1099-S, Proceeds From Real Estate

 

               Transactions.

 

          (m) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement

 

               Information.

 

          (n) Form W-2G, Certain Gambling Winnings.

 

 

.02 Revenue procedures are generally revised annually to reflect legislative and form changes. Comments concerning this revenue procedure, or suggestions for making it more helpful, can be addressed to Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center, P. O. Box 1359, Martinsburg, WV 25401 ATTN: IRB, Information Support Section.

.03 It is unlawful to intentionally transmit a computer virus to the Internal Revenue Service. Violators may be subject to a fine and/or imprisonment.

.04 Specifications for filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media are available from the Social Security Administration (SSA) only. Filers can call 1-800-SSA-1213 to obtain the phone number of the SSA Magnetic Media Coordinator for their area.

.05 The Internal Revenue Service, Martinsburg Computing Center (IRS/MCC) has the responsibility for processing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G filed magnetically or electronically. IRS/MCC does not process Forms W-2. Paper and/or magnetic media for Forms W-2 must be sent to SSA. IRS/MCC does, however, process waiver requests (Form 8508) and extension of time requests (Form 8809) for filing Forms W-2.

.06 In most cases, the box numbers on the paper forms correspond with the amount codes used to file magnetically/ electronically; however, if discrepancies occur, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

.07 This revenue procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for magnetic media or electronic filing under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.08 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain other information returns.

(a) 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" provides specific instructions on completing and submitting information returns to IRS. These instructions are included near the end of this publication. They may also be obtained by contacting your local IRS office or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

(b) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.

(c) Publication 1179, Rules and Specifications for Private Printing of Substitute Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G (Rev. Proc. 94-35, 1994-19 I.R.B.).

(d) Publication 1239, Specifications for Filing Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch Diskettes.

(e) Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042-S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4-, or 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskettes.

(f) Publication 1245, Specifications for Filing Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate, on Magnetic Tape, and 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskette.

.09 This revenue procedure supersedes Rev. Proc. 94-43 published as Publication 1220, (Rev. 7-94), Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G Magnetically or Electronically.

.10 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17, for definitions of terms used in this publication.

SECTION 2. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1995)

.01 In this publication, all pertinent changes from the prior year have been highlighted by the use of italics and double underline. This has been done for the convenience of the filers in identifying new information. Filers are still advised to read the publication in its entirety.

.02 PROGRAMMING CHANGES

       a. Payer/Transmitter "A" Record changes:

 

 

       (1) For all forms, Payment Year, field positions 2-3

 

               (pos. 3-4 for 8-inch diskette) must be incremented

 

               by one (From 94 to 95) unless reporting prior year

 

               data.

 

 

       (2) Form 1099-A, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31

 

               (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 3,

 

               "Gross foreclosure proceeds" has been deleted.

 

 

       (3) Form 1099-A, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31

 

               (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 4

 

               has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair

 

               market value of property". Note 2 under the Form

 

               1099-A Amount Codes gives additional information.

 

 

       (4) Form 10099-C, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31

 

               (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 7

 

               has been added for "Fair market value of

 

               property". Note 3 under the Form 1099-C Amount

 

               Codes gives additional information.

 

 

       (5) Form 1099-PATR, Amount Codes, field positions 23-

 

               31 (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 6

 

               has been changed from "Investment Credit" to "For

 

               filer's use" and Amount Code 9 has been added for

 

               "Patron's Alternative Minimum Tax Adjustment". A

 

               note under the Form 1099-PATR Amount Codes gives

 

               additional information.

 

 

       (6) Form 1099-R, Amount Codes, field positions 23-31

 

               (pos. 24-32 for 8-inch diskette), Amount Code 9

 

               has been changed from "State income tax withheld"

 

               to "Total employee contributions". Note 5 under

 

               the Form 1099-R Amount Codes gives additional

 

               information.

 

     b. Payee "B" Record changes:

 

 

       (1) For all forms, field positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for

 

               8-inch diskettes) "Payment Year" must be

 

               incremented by one (from 94 to 95) unless

 

               reporting prior year data.

 

 

       (2) In Parts B, "B" Record Layout for Form 1099-C,

 

               Positions 378-416, for Debt Description,

 

               information has been added advising filers using a

 

               combined Form 1099-C and 1099-A to enter a

 

               description of the property. (See Parts E and F

 

               for the appropriate diskette field position.)

 

 

     c. End of payer "C" Record: No changes.

 

 

     d. State total "K" Record: No changes.

 

 

     e. End of transmission "F" Record: No changes.

 

 

     f. In Part G, Sec. 3, (Magnetic/Electronic specifications

 

          for Extension of Time), Record Layout, Position 175,

 

          Document Indicator, the title of Code 5 has been

 

          changed from 1042 to REMIC Documents, (1099-INT or

 

          1099-OID)

 

 

     .03 EDITORIAL CHANGES--GENERAL

 

 

     a. A notification appears throughout the publication to

 

          alert filers of 8-inch diskettes that IRS/MCC will

 

          discontinue processing 8-inch diskettes for Tax Year

 

          1996 (calendar year 1997).

 

 

     b. A notification appears throughout the publication to

 

          alert filers that penalty information can be found

 

          under the Penalty Section in the 1995 "Instruction for

 

          Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

 

 

     c. Part A, (General):

 

 

       (1) In Sec. 3.01, (Where To File and How To Contact

 

               the IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center), and Sec.

 

               11.05, (Extension of Time), specific addresses

 

               have been added for requests filed magnetically

 

               (tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch

 

               diskettes) for extensions of time. In order to

 

               expedite processing of the media submitted to

 

               request the extensions of time, it is important to

 

               use the correct addresses.

 

 

       (2) In Sec. 4.04, (Filing Requirements), Sec. 6.01,

 

               (Vendor List), Sec. 9.07, Filing of Information

 

               Returns Magnetically/Electronically and Retention

 

               Requirements), and Sec. 19, (Major Problems

 

               Encountered), notes have been added advising

 

               filers to be careful not to report duplicate data

 

               to IRS.

 

 

       (3) In Sec. 9.03, (Filing of Information Returns

 

               Magnetically/Electronically and Retention

 

               Requirements), a note has been added advising

 

               filers to clearly mark the tax year being reported

 

 

               on computer generated substitutes for Form 4804.

 

 

       (4) In Sec. 10.02, (Due Dates), for purposes of

 

               meeting due dates, statements have been added

 

               advising filers submitting media to IRS/MCC by

 

               means other that U.S. Postal Service that the date

 

               of receipt will be the actual date received at

 

               IRS/MCC.

 

 

       (5) In Sec. 11.01, (Extensions of Time), a statement

 

               has been added to specify the forms for which an

 

               extension of time may be requested. Included are

 

               Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042-S.

 

 

       (6) In Sec. 11.04, (Extensions of Time), information

 

               has been changed to advise that transmitters

 

               requesting an extension of time to file for more

 

               than 50 payers are required to file the extension

 

               request magnetically or electronically.

 

               Transmitters requesting an extension of time for

 

               10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request

 

               magnetically or electronically.

 

 

       (7) In Sec. 11.05, (Extensions of Time), specific

 

               addresses to include "Attn: Extension of Time

 

               Coordinator", have been given for magnetically

 

               filed requests for extension of time to file.

 

 

       (8) In Sec. 11.08, (Extensions of Time), information

 

               has been added advising filers requesting an

 

               additional extension of time to submit a second

 

               Form 8809 before the end of the initial extension.

 

               Specific instructions are included in the

 

               information.

 

 

       (9) In Sec. 11.14, (Extensions of Time), information

 

               has been added to the instructions for requesting

 

               an extension of time to furnish the statements to

 

               recipients. The list of forms for which an

 

               extension may be requested has been expanded to

 

               include W-2G and 1042S. In the letter requesting

 

               the extension, the filer must specify that the

 

               request is to provide statements to recipients.

 

 

       (10) In Sec. 12.03, (Processing of Information Returns

 

               Magnetically/Electronically), a statement has been

 

               added to advise filers that a late-filing penalty

 

               will be assessed if returned files are not

 

               corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days

 

               or if incorrect files are returned more than two

 

               times for replacement. If a replacement file is

 

               not submitted, a failure-to-file penalty will be

 

               assessed.

 

 

       (11) In Sec. 13.02, (Corrected Returns), statements

 

               have been added to clarify that corrections filed

 

               after August 1 may be subject to the maximum

 

               penalty and corrections filed prior to August 1

 

               may be subject to a lesser penalty.

 

 

     d. Part B, (Magnetic Media Specifications), Part E,

 

          (Single Density (8-Inch) Diskette Specification) and

 

          Part F, (Double Density (8-Inch) Diskette

 

          Specifications):

 

 

       (1) In the "A" Record Layouts, a note has been added

 

               to the Amount Codes for 1099-A and 1099-C to

 

               explain the filing requirements to be used if a

 

               debt is canceled in connection with the

 

               acquisition or abandonment of secured property.

 

 

       (2) In the "A" Record Layouts, for Form 1099-C, Note 3

 

               has been added to explain that Amount Code 7 will

 

               only be used if a combined Form 1099-A and 1099-C

 

               is being filed.

 

 

       (3) In the "A" Record Layouts, for form 1099-PATR, a

 

               note has been added for Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and

 

               9 to explain the use of Pass-Through-Credits.

 

 

       (4) In the "A" Record Layouts, for Form 1099-R, Note 5

 

               has been added to advise filers that state and

 

               local income tax withheld may be reported in the

 

               Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record.

 

 

       (5) In the "B" Record Layouts, a statement has been

 

               added to the paragraph following the Payee Mailing

 

               Address advising filers to adhere to the correct

 

               format for the payee city, state, and ZIP Code.

 

 

     e. Part C, (Bisynchronous (Mainframe) Electronic Filing

 

          Specifications):

 

 

       (1) In Sec. 4.01, (Electronic Submissions),

 

               information has been added to the available filing

 

               time to advise filers that routine

 

               maintenance/backup will be performed daily at 4:00

 

 

               a.m. Eastern Time.

 

 

       (2) In Sec. 4.02, (Electronic Submissions), the term

 

               "lengthy transmission" has been identified as

 

               100,000 or more records. Filers are advised to

 

               break very large files into multiple

 

               transmissions.

 

 

     f. Part D, (Asynchronous (IRB-BBS) Electronic Filing

 

          Specifications):

 

 

       (1) In Sec. 4.02, (Electronic Submissions), the term

 

               "large files" is identified as files in excess of

 

               2 hours of transmission time.

 

 

       (2) In Sec. 4.04, (Electronic Submissions), the table

 

               for transmission speed and processing time has

 

               been expanded to include 38400 bps.

 

 

       (3) In Sec. 5.01, (Transmittal Requirements),

 

               information has been added advising filers that

 

               although the electronic transmissions posts to (F)

 

               Status, the Form 4804 must be received before

 

               further processing occurs.

 

 

       (4) In Sec. 5.04, (Transmittal Requirements), a note

 

               has been added advising filers to mail or send the

 

               Form 4804 in lieu of faxing due to the increase in

 

               volume of electronic filing.

 

 

     g. Part G, (Magnetic/Electronic Specifications for

 

          Extension of Time):

 

 

       (1) In Sec. 1.02, (General Information), a statement

 

               has been added to specify the forms for which an

 

               extension of time may be requested. Included are

 

               Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S.

 

 

       (2) In Sec. 1.03, (General Information), information

 

               has been changed to advise that transmitters

 

               requesting an extension of time to file for more

 

               than 50 payers are required to file the extension

 

               request magnetically or electronically.

 

               Transmitters requesting an extension of time for

 

               10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request

 

               magnetically or electronically.

 

 

       (3) In Sec. 1.09, (General Information), information

 

               has been added to inform filers sending extension

 

               requests by means other than U.S. Postal Service

 

               that the date received at MCC will be used as the

 

               received date.

 

 

       (4) In Sec. 1.12, (General Information), information

 

               has been added to inform filers when to file the

 

               extension request and what to do if a denial

 

               letter is received.

 

 

       (5) In Sec. 1.15, (General Information), information

 

               has been added to inform filers needing an

 

               additional extension of time, the steps to take to

 

               submit the request magnetically or electronically.

 

 

       (6) In Sec. 3, (Record Layout), Positions 6-14 for

 

               Payer TIN, a notation has been added that the

 

               Payer TIN for Form 1042S is that of the

 

               Withholding Agent.

 

 

     .04 EDITORIAL CHANGES--MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     a. In specifications found in all sections referring to

 

          the example of Amount Codes, the phrase "'b' = blanks"

 

          has been changed to "'b' denotes blanks in the

 

          designated positions."

 

 

     b. Part B, (Magnetic Media Specifications);

 

 

       (1) In Sec. 2.03(a), (Tape Specifications), the

 

               maximum block size has been increased to 32,760

 

               tape positions.

 

 

       (2) In Sec. 3.02(a), (Tape Cartridge Specifications),

 

               the maximum block size has been increased to

 

               32,760 tape positions.

 

 

       (3) Following Sec. 3.04(c), (Tape Cartridge

 

               Specifications), a note has been added to advise

 

               filers of tape cartridges to indicate on the

 

               transmittal Form 4804 as well as the Form 5064

 

               label whether the cartridge is 18 track or 36

 

               track.

 

 

       (4) In Sec. 4.03, (5 1/4-Inch and 3 1/2-Inch Diskette

 

               Specifications), filers are advised that 3 1/2-

 

               inch diskettes created on a System 36 or AS400 are

 

               not acceptable.

 

 

SECTION 3. WHERE TO FILE AND HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS, MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

.01 All information returns filed magnetically or electronically are processed at IRS/MCC. Files containing information returns, requests for IRS magnetic media and electronic filing information, undue hardship waivers, and requests for extensions (see Note) of time to file returns or to furnish the statements to recipients are to be sent to the following addresses:

 If by Postal Service:            or If by truck or air freight:

 

 

 IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center    IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

 P. O. Box 1359                      Information Reporting Program

 

 Martinsburg, WV  25401-1359         Route 9 and Needy Road

 

                                     Martinsburg, WV   25401

 

 

 NOTE:  A magnetically-filed extension of time should be sent

 

        using the following addresses:

 

 

        If by Postal Service:

 

 

           IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

           ATTN:  Extension of Time Coordinator

 

           P O Box 879

 

           Kearneysville, WV  25430

 

 

        If by truck or air freight:

 

 

           IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

           ATTN:  Extension of Time Coordinator

 

           Route 9 and Needy Road

 

           Martinsburg, WV  25401

 

 

.02 Inquiries may be made between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern time. The telephone number is (304) 263-8700. The telephone number for electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) is (304) 263- 2749; the telephone number for bisynchronous electronic filing is (304) 267-0807 for 4800 bps, and (304) 267-9572 for 9600 bps. (These are not toll-free telephone numbers.)

.03 The 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" have been included in the Publication 1220 for transmitter convenience. The Form 1096 is used only to transmit Copy A of paper Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G. If filing paper returns, follow the mailing instructions on the Form 1096 and submit the paper returns to the appropriate IRS Internal Revenue Service Centers.

.04 The telephone number for the Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD) is (304) 267-3367. (Not a toll-free telephone number.)

.05 The telephone number for the IRS/MCC fax machine is (304) 264-5196. (Not toll free.)

.06 Requests for paper Forms 1099 and W-2 and publications not related to magnetic media/electronic filing should be requested by calling the "Forms Only Number" listed in your local telephone directory or by calling the IRS toll-free number 1-800- TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.07 Questions pertaining to magnetic media filing of Forms W-2 must be directed to SSA. Filers can call 1-800-SSA-1213 to obtain the phone number of the SSA Magnetic Media Coordinator for their area.

.08 Payers should not contact IRS/MCC if they have received a penalty notice and need additional information, or are requesting an abatement of the penalty. Penalty notices contain an IRS representative's name and/or phone number for contact purposes; or, the payer may be instructed to respond in writing to the address provided. IRS/MCC does not issue penalty notices and does not have the authority to abate penalties. (For penalty information, refer to Penalty Section of 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.")

.09 A taxpayer or authorized representative may request a copy of a tax return or a Form W-2 filed with a return by submitting Form 4506, Request for Copy of Transcript or Tax Form to IRS. This form may be obtained from a local IRS office or by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.10 The IRS Centralized Call Site answers both magnetic media and tax law questions relating to the filing of information returns (Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, 8027, W-2, W-2G, W-3, and Questionable W-4). The IRS/MCC Call Site also handles inquiries dealing with Backup Withholding due to Missing and Incorrect Taxpayer Identification Numbers. The Call Site is located at IRS/MCC and operates in conjunction with the Information Reporting Program. The Call Site provides service to the payer community (financial institutions, employers, and other transmitters of information returns). Recipients of information returns (payees) should continue to contact 1-800-829-1040 or other number specified in the tax return instructions with any questions on how to report information returns.

The Call Site, which was phased in over a two-year period, is now accepting calls from all areas of the country. The number to call is (304) 263-8700 or Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) (304) 267-3367. These are toll calls. Hours of operation for the Call Site are Monday through Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time. The Call Site is open throughout the year to handle payers', transmitters' and employers' questions. Due to the high demand for assistance at the end of January and February, it is advisable to call as soon as possible to avoid these peak filing seasons.

SECTION 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

.01 Under section 6011(e)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, any person, including a corporation, partnership, individual, estate, and trust, who is required to file 250 or more information returns must file such returns magnetically/ electronically. The 250 or more requirement applies separately for each type of return and also to each type of corrected return. Even though payers may not be required to file magnetically/electronically, IRS encourages them to do so.

.02 All filing requirements that follow, apply individually to each reporting entity as defined by its separate Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN), Social Security Number (SSN), or Employer Identification Number (EIN)). For example, if a corporation with several branches or locations uses the same EIN, the corporation must aggregate the total volume of returns to be filed for that EIN and apply the filing requirements to each type of return accordingly.

.03 Payers who are required to submit their information returns on magnetic media may choose to submit their documents by electronic filing. Payers who submit their information returns electronically are considered to have satisfied the magnetic media filing requirements.

.04 The following requirements apply separately to both originals and corrections filed magnetically/electronically:

 NOTE:  If filers meet the filing requirements and engage a

 

        service bureau to prepare media on their behalf, the

 

        filers should be careful not to report duplicate data

 

        which may cause penalty notices to be generated.

 

 _______________________________________________________________

 

 

 1098           250 or more of any of these forms require magnetic

 

 1099-A         media or electronic filing with IRS.  These are

 

 1099-B         stand alone documents and are not to be aggregated

 

 1099-C         for purposes of determining the 250 threshold.

 

 1099-DIV       For example, if you must file 100 Forms 1099-B and

 

 1099-G         300 Forms 1099-INT, Forms 1099-B need not be filed

 

 1099-INT       magnetically or electronically since they do not

 

 1099-MISC      meet the threshold of 250.  However, Forms

 

 1099-OID       1099-INT must be filed magnetically or

 

 1099-PATR      electronically since they meet the threshold

 

 1099-R         of 250.

 

 1099-S

 

 5498

 

 W-2G

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

.05 The above requirements do not apply if the payer establishes undue hardship (see Part A, Sec. 5).

SECTION 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

.01 If a payer is required to file on magnetic media but fails to do so (or fails to file electronically, in lieu of magnetic media filing) and does not have an approved waiver on record, the payer may be subject to a penalty of $50 per return. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.")

.02 If payers are required to file original or corrected returns on magnetic media, but such filing would create an undue hardship, they may request a waiver from these filing requirements by submitting Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, to IRS/MCC.

.03 If a payer submits an original return on magnetic media, corrections may be submitted on paper if the corrected returns are less than 250. However, if a waiver for original documents is approved, any corrections for the same type of returns will be covered under this waiver.

.04 Generally, only the payer may sign the Form 8508. A transmitter may sign if given power of attorney; however, a letter signed by the payer stating this fact must be attached to the Form 8508.

.05 A transmitter must submit a separate Form 8508 for each payer. Do not submit a list of payers.

.06 All information requested on the Form 8508 must be provided to IRS for the request to be processed.

.07 The waiver, if approved, will provide exemption from magnetic media filing for the current tax year only. Payers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time; application must be made each year a waiver is necessary.

.08 Form 8508 may be photocopied or computer-generated as long as it contains all the information requested on the original form.

.09 Filers are encouraged to submit Form 8508 to IRS/MCC at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. However, new brokers and new barter exchanges may request an undue hardship waiver by the end of the second month following the month in which they became a broker or barter exchange.

.10 File Form 8508 for Forms W-2 with IRS/MCC, not SSA.

.11 Waivers are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and are approved or denied based on regulation criteria set forth under section 6011(e) of the Internal Revenue Code. The transmitter must allow a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to a waiver request.

.12 If a waiver request is approved, the transmitter should keep the approval letter on file. A copy of the approved waiver should not be sent to the submission processing site where the paper returns are filed.

.13 An approved waiver from filing information returns on magnetic media does not provide exemption from all filing. The payer must timely file information returns on acceptable paper forms with the appropriate submission processing site.

.14 Desert Storm Contributions - If a payer is required to file a Form 5498 magnetically/electronically, the payer may request an automatic waiver from filing Desert Storm Form 5498 magnetically/electronically.

SECTION 6. VENDOR LIST

.01 IRS/MCC prepares a list of vendors who support magnetic media or electronic filing. This list contains the names of service bureaus that will produce files on the prescribed types of magnetic media or via electronic filing. It also contains the names of vendors who provide software packages for payers who wish to produce magnetic media or electronic files on their own computer systems. This list is provided as a courtesy and in no way implies IRS/MCC approval or endorsement.

NOTE: If filers meet the filing requirements and engage a service bureau to prepare media on their behalf, the filers should be careful not to report duplicate data, which may cause penalty notices to be generated.

.02 A payer may contact IRS/MCC via telephone or letter (See Part A, Sec. 3) to acquire the vendor list. This information is also available from the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (refer to Part D). Vendor names will not be provided over the telephone.

.03 A vendor, who offers a software package, has the ability to produce magnetic media for customers, or has the capability to electronically file information returns, and would like to be included on the list, must submit a written request to IRS/MCC. The request should be submitted by August 15 and must include:

(a) Company name

(b) Address (include city, state, and ZIP code)

(c) Telephone number (include area code)

(d) Contact person

(e) Type(s) of service provided (e.g., service bureau and/or software)

(f) Type(s) of media offered (e.g., magnetic tape or tape cartridge, 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskettes, or electronic filing)

.04 The vendor list is updated annually. Therefore, any changes to information already on the vendor list must also be received by IRS/MCC no later than August 15 to be included on the most current vendor list.

Note: Please take caution to ensure duplicate reporting does not occur by the payer and service bureau.

SECTION 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 Transmitters are required to submit Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/ Electronically, to request authorization to file information returns with IRS/MCC. A single Form 4419 should be filed no matter how many types of returns the transmitter will be submitting magnetically/electronically. For example, if a transmitter plans to file Forms 1099-INT, one Form 4419 should be submitted. If, at a later date, another type of form is to be filed, do not submit a new Form 4419. A separate Form 4419 is required for filing Form 1042S or Form 8027. If filers wish to report both electronically and magnetically, only one Form 4419 needs to be submitted.

.02 Magnetic tape, tape cartridge, diskette, and electronically-filed returns may not be submitted to IRS/MCC until the application has been approved. Please read the instructions on the back of Form 4419 carefully. This form may be photocopied. Additional forms may be obtained by calling 1- 800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

.03 Upon approval, a five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC) will be assigned and included in an approval letter. The TCC must be coded in the Payer "A" Record. If a transmitter uses more than one TCC to file, each TCC must be reported on separate media or in separate transmissions if filing electronically.

A magnetic media reporting package containing the current revenue procedure, forms, labels, and instructions will be sent to the attention of the contact person indicated on Form 4419. This package will be sent annually.

If any of the information on the Form 4419 changes, please notify IRS/MCC in writing so that the IRS/MCC database can be updated. The transmitter should include the TCC in all correspondence.

.04 Form 4419 can be submitted at any time during the year; however, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 30 days before the due date of the return(s). For documents to be filed electronically using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols, Form 4419 must be submitted at least 45 days prior to the due date of the returns (see Part C, Sec. 2). This will allow IRS/MCC the minimum amount of time necessary to process and respond to applications. In the event that computer equipment or software is not compatible with IRS/MCC, a waiver may be requested to file returns on paper documents.

.05 IRS/MCC encourages transmitters who file for multiple payers to submit one application and to use the assigned TCC for all payers. Include a list of all payers and TINs with the Form 4419. Transmitters are encouraged to provide an updated list to IRS/MCC.

.06 If a payer's files are prepared by a service bureau, they may not need to submit an application to obtain a TCC. Some service bureaus will produce files, code their own TCC on the media, and send it to IRS/MCC for the payer. Other service bureaus will prepare magnetic media and return the media to the payer for submission to IRS/MCC. These service bureaus may require the payer to obtain a TCC to be coded in the "A" Record. Payers should contact their service bureaus for further information.

.07 Once a transmitter is approved to file magnetically or electronically, it is not necessary to reapply each year unless:

          (a) Magnetic or electronic filing is discontinued for

 

               a year; the payer's TCC may have been reassigned

 

               by IRS/MCC.

 

 

          (b) The payer's magnetic media files were transmitted

 

               in the past by a service bureau using the service

 

               bureau's TCC, but now the payer has computer

 

               equipment compatible with that of IRS/MCC and

 

               wishes to prepare their own files. The payer must

 

               request a TCC by filing Form 4419.

 

 

.08 Submit one Form 4419 regardless of how many types of media or methods used to file the return. A payer may have more than one TCC, but must code only one TCC per media. Notify IRS/MCC of any TCCs that will not be used so these numbers may be reassigned.

.09 In accordance with Regulations section 1.6041-7(b), payments by separate departments of a health care carrier to providers of medical and health care services may be reported on separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, the headquarters will be considered the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered payers. A single Form 4419 covering all departments filing on magnetic media should be submitted. One TCC may be used for all departments.

.10 Approval to file does not imply endorsement by IRS/MCC of the computer software or of the quality of tax preparation services provided.

SECTION 8. TEST FILES

.01 IRS/MCC does not require test files, except for filers wishing to participate in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program (see Part A, Sec. 16 for further information concerning the Combined Federal/State Filing Program).

.02 IRS/MCC encourages first-time magnetic media or electronic filers to submit a test. The test file should consist of a sample of each type of record:

(a) Payer "A" record (must not be fictitious data)

(b) Multiple Payee "B" Records (at least 11 "B" Records per each "A" Record)

(c) End of Payer "C" Record

(d) State Totals "K" Record, if participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program

(e) End of Transmission "F" Record

It is not necessary to send a voluminous file; filers may choose to submit a single file or multiple files for their test.

.03 Use the Test Indicator in the "A" Record to show that this is a test file.

.04 IRS/MCC will check the file to ensure it meets the specifications of this revenue procedure. For current filers, sending a test file will provide the opportunity to ensure that their software reflects any programming changes.

If unable to submit a magnetic or electronic test file, a hardcopy printout that shows a sample of each record type (A, B, C and F) may be submitted. The hardcopy print test is not acceptable for Combined Federal/State Filing approval.

.05 Tests should be sent to IRS/MCC between November 1 and December 31. The test file must be received at MCC by December 31 in order to be processed. Filers may begin submitting test tapes and diskettes after October 1; however, the data will not be processed until on or after November 1.

.06 For tests filed electronically, the transmitter must send the signed Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, the same day the transmission is made. For tests filed on magnetic tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4", 3 1/2" or 8" diskette, the transmitter must include the signed Form 4804 in the same package with the corresponding magnetic media. Mark the "TEST" check box in block 1 on the form. Also, check "TEST" on the external media label, Form 5064.

If submitting a hardcopy printout, mark the printout as "TEST" and include name, telephone number, and address of a person who can be contacted to discuss its acceptability.

.07 IRS/MCC will send a letter of acknowledgement to indicate the test results. Unacceptable magnetic media files, along with documentation identifying the errors, will be returned. Resubmission of test files must be received by IRS/MCC no later than December 31.

.08 Successfully processed media will not be returned to filers.

SECTION 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

.01 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation), or computer-generated substitute, must accompany all magnetic media shipments. For electronic transmissions, the Form 4804 and Form 4802, if applicable, must be sent the same day as the electronic transmission. Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation), is a continuation of Form 4804 and should only be used if the filer is reporting more than four types of returns and/or more than four payers. Form 4802 is not a stand-alone form; it can only accompany Form 4804.

.02 IRS/MCC encourages the use of computer-generated substitutes for Form 4804/4802.(See Note) The substitutes must contain all information requested on the original forms including the affidavit and signature line. Photocopies are acceptable but an original signature is required.

.03 A transmitter may report for any combination of payers and/or documents in a submission. For example, if reporting Forms 1099-INT for Bank A, Forms 1099-DIV for Bank B, and Forms 1098 for Bank C, three separate tapes or diskettes need not be created. All three banks and all types of documents can be coded on one tape or diskette as long as each filing entity or type of return is separated by an "A" Record. Only one "F" record may be used at the end of a transmission. Multiple tapes or diskettes can be sent in one package. Filers should include Form 4804, 4802, or computer-generated substitute with their shipment. (See Note).

Note: Be sure, when using computer generated forms, to very clearly mark which tax year is being reported. This will eliminate a phone communication from IRS/MCC to question the tax year.

.04 Multiple types of media may be submitted in a shipment. However, submit a separate Form 4804 for each type of media.

.05 Current and prior year data may be submitted in the same shipment; however, each tax year must be on separate media, and a separate Form 4804 should be prepared to clearly indicate each tax year.

.06 Filers who have prepared their information returns in advance of the due date are encouraged to submit this information to IRS/MCC no earlier than January 1 of the year the return is due.

.07 Do not report duplicate information. If a filer submits returns magnetically/electronically, identical paper documents must not be filed. This may result in erroneous penalty notices.

.08 Form 4804 may be signed by the payer or the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agent (all hereafter referred to as agent), on behalf of the payer. An agent may sign the Form 4804 if the agent has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under state law and adds the caption "FOR: (name of payer)."

Note: Failure to sign the affidavit on Form 4804 may delay processing or could result in the files being returned unprocessed.

.09 Although an authorized agent may sign the affidavit, the payer is responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804 and the returns filed. The payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.

.10 An external label, Form 5064, must be affixed to each tape and diskette. If diskettes are used, and the operating system is not MS/DOS compatible, the operating system and hardware information must be provided. Failure to provide this information may result in the diskette being returned to the filer. For instructions on how to complete Form 5064, refer to Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064. Notice 210 is included in this publication.

.11 On the outside of the shipping container, affix or attach Form 4801 or a substitute for the form, which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY - MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING - BOX ___ of ___." If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (for example, Box 1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3).

.12 When submitting files include the following:

(a) A signed Form 4804;

(b) Form 4802, if applicable;

(c) Form 5064, Media Label affixed to the magnetic media;

(d) and Form 4801, outside label.

Note: See Parts C and D for electronic submission requirements.

.13 If returns from different locations (using the same name and TIN) are submitted on the same file, IRS encourages the filer to consolidate each type of information return under one "A" Record. For example, all "B" Records for the same type of return should be together under one "A" Record and followed by the End of Payer "C" Record.

.14 IRS/MCC will not pay for or accept "Cash-on-Delivery" or "Charge to IRS" shipments of tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit.

.15 In general, payers should retain a copy of the information returns filed with IRS or have the ability to reconstruct the data for at least 3 years from the reporting due date, with the exception of Form 1099-C. A financial entity must retain a copy of Form 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, or have the ability to reconstruct the data required to be included on the return, for at least 4 years from the date such return is required to be filed. Whenever backup withholding is imposed, a 4-year retention is required.

SECTION 10. DUE DATES

.01 The due dates for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media or electronic filing. Filing of information returns is on a calendar year basis, except for Form 5498 which is used to report amounts contributed during, or after (but not later than April 15) of the calendar year.

.02 Information returns filed magnetically/electronically for Forms 1098, 1099, and W-2G must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than February 28. If using a delivery service other than postal service, the actual date of receipt by IRS/MCC will be used as the received date. This should be considered in meeting filing requirements timely. Late filed media could result in a penalty for failure to file correct information returns by the due dates. (For information on penalties, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

.03 The due date for furnishing statements to recipients is January 31. Form 5498 statements are due to the participants by January 31 for the fair market value of the account and by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs for the prior calendar year.

.04 Form 5498 filed magnetically/electronically must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than May 31. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1995 that are made January 1, 1995, through April 15, 1996, and/or to report the fair market value of the IRA/SEP.

.05 If any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the return or statement is considered timely if filed or furnished on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

.06 Use this revenue procedure to prepare information returns filed magnetically or electronically beginning January 1, 1996, and received by IRS/MCC no later than December 31, 1996.

SECTION 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME

.01 An extension of time to file may be requested for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S.

.02 A transmitter may request an extension of time to file by submitting Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time To File Information Returns, to IRS/MCC. This form may be used to request an extension of time to file information returns submitted on paper, magnetically or electronically.

.03 A transmitter may request an extension of time to file for multiple payers by submitting Form 8809 and attaching a list of the payer names and their TINs (EIN or SSN). The listing must be attached to ensure that the extension is recorded for all payers. Form 8809 may be computer-generated or photocopied. Be sure that all the pertinent information is included.

.04 For Tax Year 1995 (returns due to be filed in 1996), transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for more than 50 payers are required to file the extension request magnetically or electronically. Transmitters requesting an extension of time for 10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request magnetically or electronically. (See Part G, Sec. 3 for the record format.) The request may be filed on tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskette or through the IRP-BBS or electronically.

.05 A magnetically filed request for an extension of time should be sent using the following addresses:

 If by Postal Service:

 

 

                          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

                          ATTN:  Extension of Time Coordinator

 

                          P.O. Box 879

 

                          Kearneysville,  WV  25430

 

 

 If by truck or air freight:

 

 

                          IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

                          ATTN:  Extension of Time Coordinator

 

                          Route 9 and Needy Road

 

                          Martinsburg,  WV  25401

 

 

.06 Transmitters who submit requests for multiple payers will receive one approval letter with an attached list of payers covered under that approval.

.07 Filers may request an extension of time to file for 30 days as soon as they are aware that an extension is necessary but no later than the due date of the return. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request. Under certain circumstances a request for an extension of time could be denied. In such cases, the transmitter receives a denial letter. When this denial letter is received, the transmitter has 20 days to provide additional or necessary information and resubmit the extension request to IRS/MCC or file the information returns.

.08 If an additional extension of time is needed, a second Form 8809 may be submitted before the end of the initial extension with a postmark reflecting the date mailed. Line 7 on the form should be checked to indicate that the original extension has been received and the additional extension is being requested. A second 30-day extension will be approved only in cases of extreme hardship or catastrophic event.

.09 Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the due date of the return for which an extension is requested. If requesting an extension of time to file several types of forms, use one Form 8809, but the Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the earliest due date. For example, if requesting an extension of time to file both Forms 1099-INT and 5498, submit Form 8809 postmarked on or before February 28. Complete more than one Form 8809 to avoid this problem.

.10 Request an extension for only one tax year.

.11 The extension request must be signed by the payer or a person who is duly authorized to sign a return, statement or other document for the payer.

.12 Failure to properly complete and sign the Form 8809 may cause delays in processing the request or result in a denial. Please, carefully, read and follow the instructions on the back of the Form 8809.

.13 Form 8809 may be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676). Form 8809 is also provided in this publication for your convenience.

.14 Request an extension of time to furnish the statements to recipients of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S by submitting a letter to IRS/MCC or to the payer's local District Director containing the following information:

       (a) Payer Name

 

 

       (b) TIN

 

 

       (c) Address

 

 

       (d) Type of Return

 

 

       (e) Specify that the extension request is to provide

 

            statements to recipients.

 

 

       (f) Reason for Delay

 

 

       (g) Signature of Payer or Person Duly Authorized

 

 

Requests for an extension of time to furnish the statements of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, W-2, and 1042S to recipients are not automatically approved; however, if approved, generally an extension will allow a maximum of 15 additional days from the due date to the recipient to furnish the statements to the recipients. If the request is denied, the statements must be sent to the recipients timely. The request must be postmarked by the date on which the statements are due to the recipients.

SECTION 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 All data received at IRS/MCC for processing will be given the same protection as individual income tax returns (Form 1040). IRS/MCC will process the data and determine if the records are formatted and coded according to this revenue procedure.

.02 If the data is formatted incorrectly, the file will be returned for replacement. If media is returned, it is because a replacement is needed. Open all packages immediately.

.03 Files must be corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days from the date of the letter IRS/MCC included with the returned files. A penalty for failure to file correct information returns by the due date will be assessed if the files are not corrected and returned within the 45 days or if the incorrect files are returned by IRS/MCC for replacement more than two times. A penalty for intentional disregard of filing requirements will be assessed if a replacement file is not received. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G.") When possible, IRS/MCC may only return the portion of the file that needs replacement.

.04 Sample records identifying errors encountered will be provided with the returned media. It is the responsibility of the transmitter to check the entire file for similar errors.

.05 The following definitions have been provided to help distinguish between a correction and a replacement:

A correction is an information return submitted by the transmitter to correct an information return that was successfully processed by IRS/MCC, but contained erroneous information.

A replacement is an information return file that IRS/MCC has returned to the transmitter due to errors encountered during processing. After necessary changes have been made, the file must be returned for processing.

.06 IRS/MCC will not return media after successful processing. Therefore, if the transmitter wants proof that IRS/MCC received a shipment, the transmitter should select a service with tracing capabilities or one that will provide proof of delivery.

.07 IRS/MCC will work with filers as much as possible to assist with processing problems. If the filer is contacted by IRS/MCC, please respond promptly. IRS/MCC may have information that the filer needs to correct their file.

.08 IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with missing TINs in an attempt to prevent errors that could result in penalties. Payers who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to obtain this information are encouraged to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. This letter, however, will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or CP2100A-Notices) or penalties for missing or incorrect TINs.

.09 Do not use special shipping containers for transmitting data to IRS/MCC. Shipping containers will not be returned.

SECTION 13. CORRECTED RETURNS

.01 The magnetic media filing requirement of 250 information returns applies separately to both original and corrected returns.

Example: If a payer has 100 Forms 1099-A to be corrected, they can be filed on paper since they fall under the 250 threshold. However, if the payer has 300 Forms 1099-B to be corrected, they must be filed magnetically/electronically since they meet the 250 threshold. If for some reason a payer cannot file the 300 corrections on magnetic media, to avoid penalties, a request for a waiver must be submitted before filing on paper. No waiver is required for corrections that fall under the required threshold.

.02 Corrections should be filed as soon as possible. Corrections filed after August 1 may be subject to the maximum penalty of $50 per return. Corrections filed prior to August 1 may be subject to a lesser penalty. (For information on penalties, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." However, if payers discover errors after August 1, they may still be required to file corrections so that they will not be subject to a penalty for intentional disregard of the filing requirements. Failure to correct information returns may result in penalties for failure to provide correct information. All fields must be completed with the correct information, not just the data fields needing correction. Submit corrections only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file. If the entire file is in error, contact IRS/MCC immediately. Furnish corrected statements to recipients as soon as possible.

.03 There are numerous types of errors, and in some cases, more than one transaction may be required to correct the initial error. If the original return was filed as an aggregate, the filers must consider this in filing corrected returns. NOTE: IRS/MCC strongly encourages filers to read this entire section before attempting to make any corrections.

.04 Corrected returns may be included on the same medium as original returns; however, separate "A" Records are required. Corrected returns must be identified on the Form 4804 and the Form 5064 by marking the correction box provided.

Note: If filers discover that certain information returns were omitted on their original file, they should not submit these documents as corrections. They should submit them as originals.

.05 If a payer discovers errors for prior years that affect a large number of payees, in addition to sending IRS the corrected returns and notifying the payees, a letter containing the following information should be sent to IRS/MCC:

          (a) Name and address of payer

 

 

          (b) Type of error (please explain clearly)

 

 

          (c) Tax year

 

 

          (d) Payer TIN

 

 

          (e) TCC

 

 

          (f) Type of Return

 

 

          (g) Number of Payees

 

 

This information will be forwarded to the appropriate office in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices from being sent to the payees. The correction must be submitted on an actual information return document or filed magnetically/electronically.

Provide the correct tax year in Box 2 of the Form 4804 and on Form 5064.

.06 Prior year data, original and corrected, must be filed according to the requirements of this revenue procedure. If submitting prior year corrections, use the record format for the current year and submit on separate media. However, use the actual year designation of the correction in field positions 2-3 or positions 3-4 for 8-inch diskette filing. If filing electronically, a separate transmission must be made for each tax year.

.07 In general, filers should submit corrections for returns to be filed within the last three calendar years (four years if the payment is a reportable payment subject to backup withholding under section 3406 of the Code).

.08 All paper returns, whether original or corrected, must be filed with the appropriate submission processing site.

.09 Form 4804 and Form 4802, must be submitted with corrected files submitted magnetically or electronically.

.10 The "B" Record provides a 20-position field for the Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return if more than one return is filed for a particular payee. Do not enter a TIN in this field. A payer's account number for the payee may be a checking account number, savings account number, serial number, or any other number assigned to the payee by the payer that will distinguish the specific account. This number should appear on the initial return and on the corrected return in order to identify and process the correction properly.

.11 The record sequence for filing corrections is the same as for original returns.

.12 Review the chart that follows. Errors normally fall under one of the two categories listed. Next to each type of error made is a list of instructions on how to file the corrected return.

       Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/

 

                          Electronically

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return    How To File the Corrected

 

                                      Return

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 TWO SEPARATE TRANSACTIONS

 

 ARE REQUIRED TO MAKE THE

 

 FOLLOWING CORRECTIONS PROPERLY.

 

 FOLLOW DIRECTIONS FOR BOTH           TRANSACTION 1:  Identify

 

 TRANSACTIONS 1 AND 2. (See Note 1)      incorrect returns

 

 

 1.  Original return was filed        A. Prepare a new Form

 

     with one or more of the             4804/4802 that

 

     following errors:                   includes information

 

     (a)  No Payee TIN (SSN or EIN)      related to this file.

 

     (b)  Incorrect Payee TIN         B. Mark "Correction" in

 

     (c)  Incorrect Payee Name           Block 1 of Form 4804.

 

     (d)  Wrong type of return        C. Prepare a new file.

 

          indicator                      Make a separate "A"

 

                                         Record for each type of

 

                                         return being reported.

 

                                         The information in the"A"

 

                                         record will be exactly

 

                                         the same as it was in the

 

                                         original submission.

 

                                    D.   The Payee "B" Record

 

                                         must contain exactly the

 

                                         same information as

 

                                         submitted previously

 

                                         except insert a "G" in

 

                                         field position 7

 

                                         (position 8 for 8-inch

 

                                         diskettes) of the "B"

 

                                         Record, and for all

 

                                         payment amounts, enter

 

                                         "0" (zero).

 

 

       Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/

 

                      Electronically (Cont.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return       How To File the

 

                                         Corrected Return

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1.  (Continued)                      E. Corrected returns

 

                                         submitted to IRS/MCC

 

                                         using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                         Record may be on the

 

                                         same tape or diskette

 

                                         as those returns

 

                                         submitted without the

 

                                         "G" code; however, separate

 

                                         "A"  Records are

 

                                         required.

 

                                      F. Prepare a "C" Record.

 

 

                                      TRANSACTION 2:  Report the

 

                                          correct information

 

 

                                      A. Prepare a new file with

 

                                         the correct information

 

                                         in all records.

 

                                      B. Make a separate "A"

 

                                         Record for each type of

 

                                         return and each payer

 

                                         being reported.

 

                                      C. The "B" record must

 

                                         show the correct

 

                                         information as well as

 

                                         a "C" in field position

 

                                         7 (position 8 for 8-inch

 

                                         diskettes).

 

                                      D. Corrected returns

 

                                         submitted to IRS/MCC

 

                                         using a "C" coded "B"

 

                                         Record may be on the

 

                                         same tape or diskette

 

                                         as those returns

 

                                         submitted without the

 

                                         "C" code; however,

 

                                         separate "A" Records are

 

                                         required.

 

 

       Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/

 

                      Electronically (Cont.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return    How To File the Corrected

 

                                      Return

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1.  (Continued)

 

                                      E.  Prepare a "C" Record.

 

                                      F.  Check the "Correction

 

                                          Box" on the Form 5064.

 

 

NOTE 1: Payers who can show that they have reasonable cause (defined in the regulations under sections 6721-6724 of the Internal Revenue Code) are not required to make corrections for returns filed with a missing or incorrect name and/or TIN. These payers should change their records in order to submit correct information in the future. Payers who cannot show reasonable cause are encouraged to make corrections for the current processing year by August 1 to reduce applicable penalties. Corrections filed by August 1 will reduce the $50 per return penalty for filing returns with missing or incorrect information to $15 or $30. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".) Corrections filed after August 1 will not reduce the penalty but will allow IRS to update the payee's records. The regulations for IRC sections 6721-6724 are available in Publication 1586, Reasonable Cause Regulations and Requirements as They Apply to Missing and Incorrect TINs. The publication may be obtained by calling 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).

       Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/

 

                      Electronically (Cont.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return    How To File the Corrected

 

                                      Return

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 ONE TRANSACTION IS REQUIRED

 

 TO MAKE THE FOLLOWING

 

 CORRECTIONS PROPERLY. (See Note 2)

 

 

 2.  Original return was filed        A.  Prepare a new Form

 

     with one or more of the              4804/4802 that

 

    following errors:                     includes information

 

     (a)  Incorrect Payment               relating to this new file.

 

          Amount Codes in             B.  Mark "Correction" in

 

          the "A" Record.                 Block 1 of Form 4804.

 

     (b)  Incorrect Payment           C.  Prepare a new file.

 

          amounts in the                  Make separate "A"

 

          "B" Record.                     Records for each type

 

     (c)  Incorrect Code in               of return being

 

          the Document                    reported.  Information

 

          Specific/Distribution           in the "A" Record may

 

          Code Field in the "B"           be the same as it was

 

          Record.                         in the original

 

     (d)  Incorrect Payee Address         submission.

 

     (e)  Direct Sales Indicator      D.  The "B" Record must

 

                                          show the correct

 

                                          information as well as

 

                                          a "G" in field position

 

                                          7 (position 8 for 8-

 

                                          inch diskettes).

 

                                      E.  Corrected returns

 

                                          submitted to IRS/MCC

 

                                          using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                          Record may be on the

 

                                          same tape or diskette

 

                                          as those returns

 

                                          submitted  without the

 

                                          "G" code;  however,

 

                                          separate "A" Records

 

                                          are required.

 

 

       Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/

 

                      Electronically (Cont.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Error Made on the Original Return    How To File the Corrected

 

                                      Return

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2.  (Continued)                      F. Prepare a "C"

 

                                         Record.

 

                                      G. Check the "Correction

 

                                         box" on the Form

 

                                         5064.

 

 

NOTE 2: If a filer is correcting the name and/or TIN in addition to any errors listed in item 2 of the chart, then two transactions will be required.

If a filer is reporting "G" coded, "C" coded, and/or "Non-coded" (original) returns on the same media, they must be reported under separate "A" records. _________________________________________________________________

SECTION 14. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

.01 Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires a person to furnish his/her TIN to the person obligated to file the information return.

.02 The payee's TIN and name combination is used to associate information returns reported to IRS/MCC with corresponding information on tax returns. It is imperative that correct social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided to IRS/MCC. Do not enter hyphens or alpha characters. Entering all zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have the effect of an incorrect TIN.

.03 The payer and payee names with associated TINs should be consistent with the names and TINs used on other tax returns. Also, the name and TIN provided must belong to the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the name and TIN of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided MUST be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the "B" Record. For individuals, the payee TIN is generally the payee's Social Security Number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's Employer Identification Number. For sole proprietors, the payee TIN may be either an SSN or EIN but the sole proprietor's name (not the business name) must be used.

.04 Failure to provide the correct name and corresponding TIN could result in a penalty and/or backup withholding notice (sometimes referred to as a "B" notice). (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Information for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G. For "B" Notice information, refer to the Backup Withholding Section of the same publication.)

.05 The following charts will help payers determine the TIN to be furnished to IRS/MCC for those persons for whom they are reporting information (payees).

 ______________________________________________________________

 

 

           CHART 1.  Guidelines for Social Security Numbers

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                          In the Taxpayer

 

                          Identification

 

                          Number field of      In the First Payee

 

                          the Payee "B"        Name Line of the

 

 For this type of         Record, enter the    Payee "B" Record,

 

 account-                 SSN of-              enter the name of-

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. Individual            The individual       The individual

 

 

 2. Joint account (Two    The actual owner     The individual

 

 or more individuals,     of the account or,   whose SSN is

 

 including husband and    if combined funds,   entered

 

 wife)                    the first indivi-

 

                          dual on the account.

 

 

 3. Custodian account     The minor            The minor

 

 of a minor (Uniform

 

 Gift, or Transfers,

 

 to Minors Act)

 

 

 4. The usual revocable   The grantor-trustee  The grantor-

 

 savings trust account                         trustee

 

 (grantor is also trustee)

 

 

 5. A so-called trust     The actual owner     The actual owner

 

 account that is not a

 

 legal or valid trust

 

 under state law

 

 

 6. Sole                  The owner           The owner, not the

 

 proprietorship           (An SSN or EIN)     business name (the

 

                                              filer may enter

 

                                              the business name

 

                                              on the second name

 

                                              line).

 

 

_________________________________________________________________

CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers _________________________________________________________________

                          In the Taxpayer

 

                          Identification

 

                          Number field of      In the First Payee

 

                          the Payee "B"        Name line of the

 

 For this type            Record, enter the    Payee "B" Record,

 

 of account-              EIN of-              enter the name of-

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1. A valid trust,        Legal entity 1     The legal trust,

 

 estate, or pension                            estate, or

 

 trust                                         pension trust

 

 

 2. Corporate             The corporation      The corporation

 

 

 3. Association, club,    The organization     The organization

 

 religious, charitable,

 

 educational or other

 

 tax-exempt organization

 

 

 4. Partnership account   The partnership      The partnership

 

 held in the name of the

 

 business

 

 

 5. A broker or           The broker or        The broker or

 

 registered               nominee/middleman    nominee/middleman

 

 nominee/middleman

 

 

 6. Account with the      The public entity    The public entity

 

 Department of Agriculture

 

 in the name of a public

 

 entity (such as a state

 

 or local government,

 

 school district, or

 

 prison), that receives

 

 agriculture program

 

 payments

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 CHART 2.  Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers (Cont'd)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                          In the Taxpayer

 

                          Identification

 

                          Number field of      In the First Payee

 

                          the Payee "B"        Name line of the

 

 For this type            Record, enter the    Payee "B" Record,

 

 of account-              EIN of-              enter the name of-

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 7. Sole proprietorship  The business         The owner, not

 

                         (An EIN or SSN)      the business name

 

                                              (the filer may

 

                                              enter the business

 

                                              name on the second

 

                                              name line).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

FOOTNOTE TO TABLE

 

 

1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or trustee is used in the account title.

SECTION 15. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

.01 Magnetic/electronic reporting of information returns eliminates the need to submit paper documents to the IRS. CAUTION! Do not send Copy A of the paper forms to IRS/MCC in addition to magnetic media and electronic filing. This will result in duplicate filing; therefore, erroneous notices could be generated.

.02 Payers are responsible for providing statements to the payees as outlined in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." Refer to these instructions for filing information returns on paper with the IRS and furnishing statements to recipients.

.03 Statements to recipients should be clear and legible. If the official IRS form is not used, the filer must adhere to the specifications and guidelines in Publication 1179, "Rules and Specifications for Private Printing of Substitute Forms 1096, 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G."

SECTION 16. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

.01 The Combined Federal/State Filing Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer. IRS/MCC will forward this information to participating states free of charge for approved filers. Separate reporting to those states is not necessary. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under this program.

.02 To request approval to participate, a magnetic media or electronic test file coded for this program must be submitted to IRS/MCC November l through December 31. Hardcopy print tests are not acceptable for Combined Federal/State Filing approval.

.03 Attach a letter to the Form 4804 submitted with the test file to indicate a desire to participate in this program.

.04 A test file is only required for the first year. Each record, both in the test and the actual data file, must conform to this revenue procedure.

.05 If the test file is acceptable, IRS/MCC will send the filer an approval letter, and a Form 6847, Consent for Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information, which the payer must complete, sign, and return to IRS/MCC before any tax information can be released to the state. Filers must write their TCC on Form 6847. If the test file is not acceptable, IRS/MCC will return the media with a letter indicating the problems. The replacement test file must be returned to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before December 31.

.06 A separate Form 6847 is required for each payer. A transmitter may not combine payers on one Form 6847 even if acting as Attorney-in-Fact for several payers. Form 6847 may be computer-generated as long as it includes all information that is on the original form or it may be photocopied. If the Form 6847 is signed by an Attorney-in-Fact, the written consent from the payer must clearly indicate that the Attorney-in-Fact is empowered to authorize release of the information.

.07 Only code the records for participating states and for those payers who have submitted Form 6847.

.08 Some participating states require separate notification that the payer is filing in this manner. Since IRS/MCC acts as a forwarding agent only, it is the payer's responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.

.09 All corrections properly coded for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program will be forwarded to the participating states.

.10 Participating states and corresponding valid state codes are listed in Table 1 of this section. The appropriate state code must be entered for those documents that meet the state filing requirements; do not use state abbreviations.

.11 To simplify filing, some of the participating states have provided their information return reporting requirements (see Table 2). Each state filing regulations are subject to change by the state. It is the payer's responsibility to contact the participating states to verify the criteria provided in this table.

.12 Upon submission of the actual files, the transmitter must be sure of the following:

(a) All records should be coded exactly as required by this revenue procedure.

(b) The "C" Record must be followed by a state total "K" Record for each state being reported.

(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the State Totals "K" Record.

(d) The last "K" Record must be followed by an "A" Record or an End of Transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).

* * * * *

           TABLE 1.  PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 State               Code  State        Code   State          Code

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Alabama              01   Iowa           19   North Carolina   37

 

 Arizona              04   Kansas         20   North Dakota     38

 

 Arkansas             05   Maine          23   Oregon           41

 

 California           06   Massachusetts  25   South Carolina   45

 

 Delaware             10   Minnesota      27   Tennessee        47

 

 District of Columbia 11   Mississippi    28   Wisconsin        55

 

 Georgia              13   Missouri       29

 

 Hawaii               15   Montana        30

 

 Idaho                16   New Jersey     34

 

 Indiana              18   New Mexico     35

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA FOR STATE REPORTING _________________________________________________________________

             1099-          1099-  1099-  1099-  1099-

 

 STATE       DIV   1099-G   INT    MISC   OID    PATR  1099-R 5498

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Alabama     $1500  $  NR  $1500  $1500  $1500  $1500   $1500  NR

 

 Arkansas      100   2500    100   2500   2500   2500    2500  /a/

 

 District of

 

   Columbia/b/ 600    600    600    600    600    600     600  NR

 

 Hawaii         10    /a/     10    600     10     10     600  /a/

 

 Idaho          10     10     10    600     10     10     600  /a/

 

 Iowa          100   1000   1000   1000   1000   1000    1000  NR

 

 Minnesota      10     10     10    600     10     10     600  /a/

 

 Mississippi   600    600    600    600    600    600     600  NR

 

 Missouri       NR     NR     NR   1200/c/  NR     NR      NR  NR

 

 Montana        10     10     10    600     10     10     600  /a/

 

 New Jersey   1000   1000   1000   1000   1000   1000    1000  NR

 

 North

 

   Carolina    100    100    100    600    100    100     100  /a/

 

 Tennessee      25     NR     25     NR     NR     NR      NR  NR

 

 Wisconsin      NR     NR     NR    600     NR     NR     600  NR

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

Note: This list is for information purposes only. The state filing requirements are subject to change by the states. For complete information on state filing requirements, contact the appropriate state tax agencies. Filing requirements for any state in TABLE 1 not shown in TABLE 2 are the same as the federal requirement.

NR - No filing requirement.

 

FOOTNOTES

 

 

/a/ All amounts are to be reported.

/b/ Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the same payer.

/c/ Missouri would prefer those returns filed with respect to non-Missouri residents to be sent directly to their state agency.

SECTION 17. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 Element                    Description

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Asynchronous Protocols     This type of data transmission is most

 

                            often used by microcomputers, PCs and

 

                            some minicomputers.  Asynchronous

 

                            transmissions transfer data at

 

                            arbitrary time intervals using the

 

                            start-stop method.  Each character

 

                            transmitted has its own start bit

 

                            and stop bit.

 

 

                            Denotes a blank position.  Enter

 

                            blank(s) when this symbol is used (do

 

                            not enter the letter "b").  This

 

                            appears in numerous areas throughout

 

                            the record descriptions.

 

 

 Bisynchronous Protocols    For purposes of this publication,

 

                            these are electronic transmissions

 

                            made using IBM 3780 protocols. These

 

                            transmissions must be in EBCDIC

 

                            character code and use the Bell 208B

 

                            (4800bps) or AT&T 2296A (9600bps)

 

                            modems.  Standard IBM 3780 space

 

                            compression is acceptable.

 

 

 Correction                 A correction is an information return

 

                            submitted by the payer to correct an

 

                            information return that was

 

                            successfully processed by IRS/MCC,

 

                            but contained erroneous information.

 

 

 CUSIP Number               A number developed by the Committee

 

                            on Uniform Security Identification

 

                            Procedures to serve as a common

 

                            denominator in communications among

 

                            users for security transactions and

 

                            security information.

 

 

 Employer Identification    A nine-digit number assigned by IRS

 

 Number (EIN)               for federal tax reporting purposes.

 

 

 Electronic Filing          Submission of information returns

 

                            using switched telecommunications

 

                            network circuits.  These trans-

 

                            missions use modems, dial-up phone

 

                            lines, and asynchronous or bisyn-

 

                            chronous protocols.  See Part C and D

 

                            of this publication for specific

 

                            information on electronic filing.

 

 

 Element                    Description

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 File                       For purposes of this revenue

 

                            procedure, a file consists of all

 

                            records submitted by a payer or

 

                            transmitter, either magnetically or

 

                            electronically.

 

 

 Filer                      May be payer and/or transmitter.

 

 

 Golden Parachute           A payment made by a corporation to a

 

 Payment                    certain officer, shareholder, or

 

                            highly compensated individual when a

 

                            change in the ownership or control of

 

                            the corporation occurs or when a

 

                            change in the ownership of a

 

                            substantial part of the corporate

 

                            assets occurs.

 

 

 Inconsequential Error      An error or omission of data that

 

                            does not prevent or hinder the

 

                            IRS/MCC from processing the return,

 

                            from correlating the information

 

                            required to be shown on the

 

                            information return with information

 

                            shown on the payee's tax return, or

 

                            from otherwise putting the return to

 

                            its intended use.  For example, if

 

                            the payee address is 4821 Grant

 

                            Boulevard and the word "boulevard" is

 

                            misspelled, a correction does not

 

                            have to be made.

 

 

 Incorrect Taxpayer         A TIN may be incorrect for several

 

 Identification Number      reasons:

 

 (Incorrect TIN)            (a)  The payee gave a wrong number

 

                                 (e.g., the payee is listed as the

 

                                 only owner of an account but

 

                                 provided someone else's TIN).

 

                            (b)  A processing error (e.g., the

 

                                 number was typed incorrectly).

 

                            (c)  The payee's status changed (e.g.,

 

                                 the payee name change was not

 

                                 conveyed to the IRS or SSA so

 

                                 that they could enter the change

 

                                 in their records).

 

 

 Element                    Description

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Information Return         The vehicle for submitting required

 

                            information about another person to

 

                            IRS.

 

 

                            Information returns are filed by

 

                            financial institutions and by others

 

                            who make certain types of payments as

 

                            part of their trade or business.

 

 

                            The information required to be

 

                            reported on an information return

 

                            includes interest, dividends,

 

                            pensions, nonemployee compensation

 

                            for personal services, stock

 

                            transactions, sales of real estate,

 

                            mortgage interest, and other types of

 

                            information.

 

 

                            For this revenue procedure, an

 

                            information return is Form 1098,

 

                            1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-DIV,

 

                            1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                            1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 1099-S,

 

                            5498 or W-2G.

 

 

 Magnetic Media             For this revenue procedure, the term

 

                            "magnetic media" refers to 1/2-inch

 

                            magnetic tape; IBM 3480/3490 or AS400

 

                            compatible tape cartridge; or 5 1/4-,

 

                            3 1/2- or 8-inch diskette.

 

 

 Missing Taxpayer           The payee TIN on an information return

 

 Identification Number      is "missing" if:

 

 (Missing TIN)              (a)  there is no entry in the TIN

 

                                 field,

 

                            (b)  includes one or more alpha

 

                                 characters (a character or symbol

 

                                 other than an Arabic number) as

 

                                 one of the nine digits, OR

 

                            (c)  payee TIN has less than nine

 

                                 digits

 

 

 PS 58 Costs                The current cost of life insurance

 

                            under a qualified plan taxable under

 

                            section 72(m) and Regulations section

 

                            1.72-16(b).  (See Part B, Sec. 7 Payee

 

 

 Element                    Description

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 PS 58 Costs(Cont'd)        "B" Record, Document Specific/

 

                            Distribution Code, Category of

 

                            Distribution, Code 9.).

 

 

 Payee                      Person or organization receiving

 

                            payments from the payer, or for whom

 

                            an information return must be filed.

 

                            The payee includes a borrower (Form

 

                            1099-A), a debtor (1099-C),

 

                            participant (Form 5498) and a gambling

 

                            winner (Form W-2G).  For Form 1098,

 

                            the payee is the individual paying the

 

                            interest.  For Form 1099-S, the payee

 

                            is the seller or other transferor.

 

 

 Payer                      Includes the person making payments, a

 

                            recipient of mortgage interest

 

                            payments, a broker, a person reporting

 

                            a real estate transaction, a barter

 

                            exchange, a creditor, a trustee or an

 

                            issuer of an IRA or SEP, or a lender

 

                            who acquires an interest in secured

 

                            property or who has reason to know

 

                            that the property has been abandoned.

 

                            The payer will be held responsible for

 

                            the completeness, accuracy, and timely

 

                            submission of magnetic media files.

 

 

 Replacement                A replacement is an information return

 

                            file that IRS/MCC has returned to the

 

                            transmitter due to errors encountered

 

                            during processing.

 

 

 Service Bureau             Person or organization with whom the

 

                            payer has a contract to prepare and/or

 

                            submit information return files to

 

                            IRS/MCC.  A parent company submitting

 

                            data for a subsidiary is not

 

                            considered a service bureau.

 

 

 Social Security Number     A nine-digit number assigned by SSA to

 

 (SSN)                      an individual for wage and tax

 

                            reporting purposes.

 

 

 Special Character          Any character that is not a numeral,

 

                            an alpha, or a blank.

 

 

 Element                   Description

 

 _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SSA                       Social Security Administration.

 

 

 Statement to Recipient    For purposes of this revenue

 

                           procedure, the copy of Form 1099,

 

                           1098, 5498, or W-2G that is required

 

                           to be sent by the payer to the

 

                           recipient to provide information to be

 

                           reported on the recipient's tax

 

                           return.  When reporting Form 1098, the

 

                           payer is the receiver of the mortgage

 

                           interest and the recipient is the

 

                           person making the interest payment.

 

                           When reporting Form 1099-S, the payer

 

                           is the entity reporting the

 

                           transaction and the recipient is the

 

                           seller or other transferor.

 

 

 Taxpayer Identification    May be either an Employer

 

 Number  (TIN)              Identification Number (EIN) or Social

 

                            Security Number (SSN).

 

 

 Transfer Agent            The transfer agent, or paying agent,

 

                           (Paying Agent) is the entity who has

 

                           been contracted or authorized by the

 

                           payer to perform the services of

 

                           paying and reporting backup

 

                           withholding (Form 945).  The payer may

 

                           be required to submit to IRS/MCC a

 

                           Form 2678, Employer   Appointment of

 

                           Agent Under Section  3504 of the

 

                           Internal Revenue Code,  which notifies

 

                           IRS/MCC of the transfer agent

 

                           relationship.

 

 

 Transmitter               Person or organization submitting

 

                           file(s) magnetically/electronically.

 

                           May be payer or agent of payer.

 

 

 Transmitter Control       A five character alpha/numeric number

 

 Code (TCC)                assigned by IRS/MCC to the transmitter

 

                           prior to actual filing magnetically or

 

                           electronically. This number is

 

                           inserted in the "A" Record of the

 

                           files and must be present before the

 

                           file can be processed.  An application

 

                           Form 4419 must be filed with IRS/MCC

 

                           to receive this number.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION 18. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

.01 The following state abbreviations are to be used when developing the state code portion of address fields. This table provides state abbreviations only, and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

 __________________________________________________________________

 

 

 State              Code   State         Code   State          Code

 

 __________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Alabama              AL   Kentucky         KY   Ohio            OH

 

 Alaska               AK   Louisiana        LA   Oklahoma        OK

 

 American Samoa       AS   Maine            ME   Oregon          OR

 

 Arizona              AZ   Marshall Islands MH   Palau           PW

 

 Arkansas             AR   Maryland         MD   Pennsylvania    PA

 

 California           CA   Massachusetts    MA   Puerto Rico     PR

 

 Colorado             CO   Michigan         MI   Rhode Island    RI

 

 Connecticut          CT   Minnesota        MN   South Carolina  SC

 

 Delaware             DE   Mississippi      MS   South Dakota    SD

 

 District of Columbia DC   Missouri         MO   Tennessee       TN

 

 Federated States          Montana          MT   Texas           TX

 

 of Micronesia        FM   Nebraska         NE   Utah            UT

 

 Florida              FL   Nevada           NV   Vermont         VT

 

 Georgia              GA   New Hampshire    NH   Virginia        VA

 

 Guam                 GU   New Jersey       NJ   Virgin Islands  VI

 

 Hawaii               HI   New Mexico       NM   Washington      WA

 

 Idaho                ID   New York         NY   West Virginia   WV

 

 Illinois             IL   North Carolina   NC   Wisconsin       WI

 

 Indiana              IN   North Dakota     ND   Wyoming         WY

 

 Iowa                 IA   Northern

 

 Kansas               KS   Mariana Islands  MP

 

 __________________________________________________________________

 

 

.02 Filers must adhere to the city, state, and ZIP code format for U.S. addresses in the "B" Record. This also includes American Samoa, Guam, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands and others.

.03 For foreign country addresses, filers may use a 40 position free format which should include city, province or state, postal code, and name of country in this order. This is allowable only if a "1" (one) appears in the Foreign Country Indicator Field of the "B" Record.

.04 When reporting APO/FPO addresses use the following format:

                                   EXAMPLE:

 

 

             Payee Name         PVT Willard J. Doe

 

             Mailing Address    Company F, PSC Box 100

 

                                167 Infantry REGT

 

             Payee City         APO (or FPO)

 

            *Payee State        AE, AA or AP

 

             Payee ZIP Code     098010100

 

 

* AE is the designation for ZIPs beginning with 090-098, AA for ZIP 340, and AP for ZIPs 962-966.

SECTION 19. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

IRS/MCC encourages filers to verify the format and content of each type of record to ensure the accuracy of the data. This may eliminate the need for IRS/MCC to return files for replacement. This may be important for those payers who have either had their files prepared by a service bureau (see Note:) or who have purchased pre-programmed software packages. If a filer purchased a software package for a previous tax year, it may no longer be valid for reporting current tax year information returns. Following are some of the most frequently encountered problems with magnetic/electronic files submitted to IRS/MCC.

NOTE: IF FILERS MEET THE FILING REQUIREMENTS AND ENGAGE A SERVICE BUREAU TO PREPARE MEDIA ON THEIR BEHALF, THE FILERS SHOULD BE CAREFUL NOT TO REPORT DUPLICATE DATA WHICH MAY GENERATE PENALTY NOTICES.

---------------------------------------------------------------

1. Discrepancy between IRS/MCC totals and totals in Payer "C" Records.

The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer as reported in the "B" Records. IRS balances the total number of payees and payment amounts and compares them with totals in the "C" Records. Filers should verify the accuracy of the records because imbalances may necessitate return of files for replacement.

----------------------------------------------------------------

2. The Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record do not correspond to the amount codes in the "A" Record.

If codes 2, 4, and 7 appear in the Amount Codes Field of the "A" Record, then the "B" Record must show payment amounts in only Fields 2, 4, and 7, right-justified and unused positions must be zero (0) filled.

        EXAMPLE:  "A" RECORD    247bbbbbb   --  ('b' denotes a

 

                                                 blank)

 

                                (Pos. 23-31)

 

                                (Pos. 24-32 for 8-inch

 

                                 diskettes)

 

 

                  "B" RECORD    0000867599  --  (Payment Amount 2)

 

                               (pos. 61-70)

 

                                (Pos. 62-71 for 8-inch

 

                                 diskettes)

 

 

                                0000709097  --  (Payment Amount 4)

 

                                (Pos. 81-90)

 

                                (pos. 82-91 for 8-inch

 

                                 diskettes)

 

 

                                0000044985  --  (Payment Amount 7)

 

                                (Pos. 111-120)

 

                                (Pos. 112-121 for 8-inch

 

                                 diskettes)

 

 

----------------------------------------------------------------

3. Blanks or invalid characters appear in Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record.

Money amounts must be right-justified and zero (0) filled. Do not use blanks.

----------------------------------------------------------------

4. Incorrect TIN in Payer "A" Record.

The Payer's TIN reported in positions 7-15 (positions 8-16 for 8-inch diskettes) of the 'A' Record must be correct in order for IRS/MCC to process the media. The TIN provided in the "A" Record should correspond with the name provided in the first payer name line.

----------------------------------------------------------------

5. Bad Format.

IRS/MCC receives data in prior year format as well as 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes formatted using 8-inch diskette specifications and vice versa. Be sure to use the proper section of the current revenue procedure for formatting data.

----------------------------------------------------------------

-----------------------------------------------------------------

6. Incorrect tax year in the Payer 'A' and the Payee "B" records.

The tax year in both the payee and payer record should reflect the year of the information that is being reported. Filers need to check their files to ensure that this information is correct.

-----------------------------------------------------------------

7. Form W-2 information submitted on same media as Form 1099 information.

Form W-2 information is submitted to SSA, and not to IRS/MCC. SSA has its own magnetic media reporting program and specifications for wage information, and the media containing Forms W-2 is submitted to SSA. Any media received at IRS/MCC that contains Form W-2 information will be returned to the filer. The local SSA office should be contacted for information concerning filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media.

-----------------------------------------------------------------

8. Excessive withholding credits.

Generally, for most information returns, other than Forms 1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G, Federal withholding amounts should not exceed 31 percent of the income reported. Validate the total reported in the withholding field against the total income reported.

-----------------------------------------------------------------

9. Incorrect format for TINs in the Payee "B" Record.

A check of "B" records should be made to ensure the Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs) are formatted correctly. There should be nine numerics, no alphas, hyphens, commas or blanks. Incorrect formatting of TINs may result in a penalty. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".)

IRS/MCC contacts filers who have submitted payee data with missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices. Payers/transmitters who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required steps to obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a letter of explanation to the required Form 4804. This will prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC. This letter, however, will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 and CP2100A Notices) or penalties for missing or incorrect TINs. (For penalty information, refer to the Penalty Section of the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".)

-----------------------------------------------------------------

10. Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R reported incorrectly.

Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R are being reported incorrectly or not being reported. See valid distribution codes for 1099-R in the Payee B Record layout.

-----------------------------------------------------------------

11. Incorrect Record Totals Listed on Form 4804.

The Combined Total Payee Records listed on the Form 4804 (Box 9) are used in the verification process of information returns. The figure in this box should be the total number of Payee "B" Records contained on the media submitted with the Form 4804. The figures on the Form 4804 are compared against the total number of Payee "B" Records processed on the media. Imbalances may necessitate the return of the files for replacement.

-----------------------------------------------------------------

12. Invalid Use of IRA/SEP Indicator.

The IRA/SEP Indicator for Forms 1099-R should be used only for the reporting of a distribution from an IRA/SEP. The total amount distributed from an IRA or SEP should be reported in Payment Amount Field 2 (IRA/SEP Distribution).

-----------------------------------------------------------------

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in the magnetic media file.

.02 A provision is made in the "B" Records for Special Data Entries. These entries are optional. If the field is not utilized, enter blanks to maintain a fixed record length of 420 positions. The field is intended to serve one or both of these purposes:

(a) Contain information required by state or local governments. Filers who wish to use this option for satisfying state or local reporting requirements should contact the state or local department of revenue for filing instructions. (Also refer to Part A, Sec. 16.)

(b) Contain information for the filer's own personal use and used at the discretion of the filer to include information related to each individual return. IRS/MCC will not use the information supplied in this field. The length of this field will vary depending on the type of return.

.03 Transmitters should be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on files. If a filer's media does not meet these specifications, they are encouraged to submit a test prior to submitting the actual file. Contact IRS/MCC for further information.

.04 Use "K" Records only if the payer is an approved Combined Federal/State filer.

SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 IRS/MCC can process most magnetic tape files if the following specifications are followed:

(a) 9 track EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) with:

(1) Odd parity.

(2) A density of 1600, or 6250 CPI.

(3) If transmitters use UNISYS Series 1100, they must submit an interchange tape.

(b) 9 track ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) with:

(1) Odd parity.

(2) A density of 1600 or 6250 CPI.

Transmitters should be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on files.

.02 All compatible tape files must have the following characteristics: Type of tape - 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide, computer-grade magnetic tape on reels of up to 2,400 feet (731.52 m) within the following specifications:

(a) Tape thickness: 1.0 or 1.5 mils and

(b) Reel diameter: 10 1/2-inch (26.67 cm), 8 1/2-inch (21.59 cm), 7-inch (17.78 cm), or 6-inch.

.03 The tape records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 32,760 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9's; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9's or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked or unblocked. A record may not contain any control fields or block descriptor fields which describe the length of the block or the logical records within the block. The number of logical records within a block (the blocking factor) must be constant in every block with the exception of the last block which may be shorter (see item b above). The block length must be evenly divisible by 420.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.04 Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.

.05 For the purposes of this revenue procedure the following must be used:

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 (8421).

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

.06 IRS/MCC can only read one data file on a tape. A data file is a group of records which may or may not begin with a tapemark, but must end with a trailer label. Any data beyond the trailer label cannot be read by IRS programs.

SECTION 3. TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 In most instances, IRS/MCC can process tape cartridges that meet the following specifications:

(a) Must be IBM 3480, 3490 or AS400 compatible.

(b) Must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards, and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2-inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4-inches by 5-inches by 1-inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2-inch tape.

(3) Cartridges must be 18-track or 36-track parallel. (See Note)

(4) Cartridges will contain 37,871 CPI or 75,742 CPI (characters per inch).

(5) Mode will be full function.

(6) The data may be compressed using EDRC (Memorex) or IDRC (IBM) compression.

(7) Either EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) may be used.

.02 The tape cartridge records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 32,760 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9's; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9's or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked or unblocked. A record may not contain any control fields or block descriptor fields which describe the length of the block or the logical records within the block. The number of logical records within a block (the blocking factor) must be constant in every block with the exception of the last block which may be shorter (see item b above). The block length must be evenly divisible by 420.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.03 Tape cartridges may be labeled or unlabeled.

.04 For the purposes of this revenue procedure, the following must be used:

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 001111 (8421).

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

Note: Filers should indicate on the Form 5064 Label and transmittal Form 4804 whether the cartridge is 36 track or 18 track.

SECTION 4. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 To be compatible, a diskette file must meet the following specifications:

(a) 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inches in diameter.

(b) Data must be recorded in standard ASCII code. For 5 1/4-inch diskettes, data may be recorded using EBCDIC if the diskette is created on an IBM System 36.

(c) Records must be a fixed length of 420 bytes per record.

(d) Delimiter character commas (,) must not be used.

(e) Positions 419 and 420 of each record have been reserved for use as carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) characters if applicable.

(f) Filename of IRSTAX must be used. Do not enter any other data in this field. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSTAX will contain a three-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSTAX.001, the second diskette will be IRSTAX.002, etc.

(g) A diskette file may consist of multiple diskettes as long as the file naming conventions are followed.

(h) Diskettes must meet one of the following specifications:

          Capacity      Tracks      Sides/Density      Sector Size

 

 

           1.44 mb       96tpi          hd                  512

 

           1.44 mb      135tpi          hd                  512

 

           1.2  mb       96tpi          hd                  512

 

           720  kb       48tpi          ds/dd               512

 

           360  kb       48tpi          ds/dd               512

 

           320  kb       48tpi          ds/dd               512

 

           180  kb       48tpi          ss/dd               512

 

           160  kb       48tpi          ss/dd               512

 

 

.02 IRS/MCC encourages transmitters to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of file "F" record, the file must be returned for replacement.

.03 IRS/MCC prefers that 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes be created using MS/DOS; however, diskettes created using other operating systems may be acceptable. Although, 3 1/2-inch diskettes created on a System 36 or AS400 ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. IRS/MCC has equipment that can convert diskettes created under virtually any operating system to the appropriate MS/DOS format. IRS/MCC strongly recommends that transmitters submit a test file for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, especially if their data was not created using MS/DOS.

.04 Transmitters are encouraged to use high density diskettes. Low density diskettes are acceptable but must be formatted in low density.

SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the magnetic media file and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer and for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.

.04 The first record on the file must be an "A" Record. A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a tape or diskette. However, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single tape or diskette may contain different types of returns but the types of returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.

.05 All records must be a fixed length of 420 positions.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records, however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS/MCC will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 Do not begin any record at the end of a block or diskette and continue the same record into the next block.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record must be upper-case.

.09 When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest referred to as the payer in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

            RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  For all fields marked Required, a transmitter must provide

 

 the information described under Description and Remarks.  For

 

 fields not marked Required, a transmitter must allow for the

 

 field, but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the

 

 indicated media position(s) and for the indicated length.  All

 

 records are now a fixed length of 420 positions.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-3       Payment Year     2    Required.  Enter "95" (unless

 

                                 reporting prior year data).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 4-6       Reel Sequence    3    The reel sequence number is

 

           Number                incremented by 1 for each tape or

 

                                 diskette on the file starting

 

                                 with 001.  The transmitter may

 

                                 enter blanks or zeros in this

 

                                 field.  IRS/MCC bypasses this

 

                                 information.  Indicate the proper

 

                                 sequence on the external label

 

                                 Form 5064.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 7-15      Payer's          9    Required.  Must be the valid

 

           TIN                   nine-digit Taxpayer

 

                                 Identification Number assigned to

 

                                 the payer.  Do not enter blanks,

 

                                 hyphens, or alpha characters.

 

                                 All zeros, ones, twos, etc. will

 

                                 have the effect of an incorrect

 

                                 TIN.  For foreign entities that

 

                                 are not required to have a TIN,

 

                                 this field may be blank. However,

 

                                 the Foreign Entity Indicator,

 

                                 position 49 of the "A" Record,

 

                                 should be set to "1" one.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 16-19     Payer Name       4    Not a required field.  The Payer

 

           Control               Name Control can be obtained

 

                                 only from the mail label

 

                                 on the Package 1099 that is

 

                                 mailed to most payers each

 

                                 December.  To distinguish between

 

                                 Package 1099 and the Magnetic

 

                                 Media Reporting (MMR) Package,

 

                                 the Package 1099 contains

 

                                 instructions for paper filing

 

                                 only, and the mail label on the

 

                                 package contains a four (4)

 

                                 character name control.  The MMR

 

                                 Package contains instructions for

 

                                 filing magnetically or

 

                                 electronically.  The mail label

 

                                 does not contain a name control.

 

                                 Names of less than four (4)

 

                                 characters should be left-

 

                                 justified, filling the unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  If a

 

                                 Package 1099 has not been

 

                                 received or the Payer Name

 

                                 Control is unknown, this field

 

                                 must be blank filled.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 20        Last Filing      1    Enter a "1" (one) if this is the

 

           Indicator             last year the payer will file,

 

                                 otherwise, enter blank.  Use this

 

                                 indicator if the payer will not

 

                                 be filing information returns

 

                                 under this payer name and TIN in

 

                                 the future either magnetically,

 

                                 electronically, or on paper.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 21        Combined         1    Required for the Combined

 

           Federal/State         Federal/State Filing Program.

 

           Filer                 Enter "1" (one) if participating

 

                                 in the Combined Federal/State

 

                                 Filing Program, otherwise, enter

 

                                 blank.  Refer to Part A, Sec. 16,

 

                                 for further information.  Forms

 

                                 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

                                 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed

 

                                 under this program.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 22        Type of          1    Required.  Enter the appropriate

 

           Return                code from the table below:

 

                                 Type of Return               Code

 

                                 1098                          3

 

                                 1099-A                        4

 

                                 1099-B                        B

 

                                 1099-C                        5

 

                                 1099-DIV                      1

 

                                 1099-G                        F

 

                                 1099-INT                      6

 

                                 1099-MISC                     A

 

                                 1099-OID                      D

 

                                 1099-PATR                     7

 

                                 1099-R                        9

 

                                 1099-S                        S

 

                                 5498                          L

 

                                 W-2G                          W

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 23-31     Amount           9    Required.  Enter the appropriate

 

           Codes                 amount code for the type of

 

           (See Note)            return being reported.

 

                                 Generally, for each amount code

 

                                 entered in this field, a

 

                                 corresponding payment amount

 

                                 must appear in the Payee "B"

 

                                 Record.  In most cases, the box

 

                                 numbers on paper information

 

                                 returns correspond with the

 

                                 amount codes used to file

 

                                 magnetically/electronically.

 

                                 However, if discrepancies occur,

 

                                 this revenue procedure governs.

 

 

           Example of Amount Codes:

 

 

           If position 22 of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record is

 

           "A" (for 1099-MISC) and positions 23-31 are

 

           "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the

 

           designated positions.  Do not enter the letter 'b'.),

 

           this indicates the payer is reporting any or all four

 

           payment amounts (1247) in all of the following "B"

 

           Records.

 

 

           The first payment amount field in the "B" Record

 

             will represent rents;

 

           the second will represent royalties;

 

           the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

           the fourth will represent federal income tax withheld;

 

           the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

           the seventh will represent nonemployee compensation;

 

             and

 

           the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

           Enter the amount codes in ascending sequence (i.e.,

 

           1247bbbbb, In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the

 

           designated positions.  Do not enter the letter 'b'.),

 

           left justify information, and fill unused positions

 

           with blanks.  For further clarification of the amount

 

           codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Note:  A type of return and an amount code must be present in

 

 every Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being

 

 reported.  For a detailed explanation of the information to be

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes

 

 (Cont.)

 

 

 reported in each amount code, refer to the 1995 "Instructions for

 

 Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Mortgage Interest

 

 Form 1098 -                     Received From Payers/

 

 Mortgage Interest               Borrowers (Payer of Record)

 

 Statement                       on Form 1098:

 

 

                                 Amount

 

                                 Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Mortgage interest

 

                                        received from

 

                                        payers/borrowers

 

                                 2      Points paid on

 

                                        purchase of principal

 

                                        residence

 

                                 3      Refund of overpaid

 

                                        interest

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting the Acquisition or

 

 Form 1099-A -                   Abandonment of Secured Property

 

 Acquisition or                  on Form 1099-A:

 

 Abandonment of                  Amount

 

 Secured Property                Code   Amount Type

 

 (See Note 1)                    2      Balance of principal

 

                                        outstanding

 

                                 4      Fair market value of

 

                                        property (See Note 2)

 

 

 Note 1:  If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in

 

 connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured

 

 property and the filer would be required to file both Forms

 

 1099-A and 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, the filer is required to

 

 file Form 1099-C only.  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on

 

 Coordination with Form 1099-C.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes

 

 Form 1099-A-cont'd.

 

 

 Note 2:  Amounts previously reported under Amount Code 3, "Gross

 

 foreclosure proceeds", are now reported under Amount Code 4,

 

 which has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair market

 

 value of property".  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-B -                   1099-B:

 

 Proceeds From                   Amount

 

 Broker and                      Code   Amount Type

 

 Barter Exchange                 2      Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

 Transactions                           (For forward contracts,

 

                                        See Note 1)

 

                                 3      Bartering (Do not

 

                                        report negative

 

                                        amounts.)

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding) (Do not

 

                                        report negative amounts.)

 

                                 6      Profit or loss

 

                                        realized on Regulated

 

                                        Futures Contracts in 1995.

 

                                        (See Note 2)

 

                                 7      Unrealized profit or

 

                                        loss on open contracts -

 

                                        12/31/94.  (See Note 2)

 

                                 8      Unrealized profit or

 

                                        loss on open contracts -

 

                                        12/31/95.  (See Note 2)

 

                                 9      Aggregate profit or

 

                                        loss.  (See Note 2)

 

 

 Note 1:  The payment amount field associated with Amount Code 2

 

 may be used to represent a loss from a closing transaction on a

 

 Forward Contract.  Refer to the "B" Record - General Field

 

 Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on

 

 reporting negative amounts.

 

 

 Note 2:  Payment Amount Fields 6, 7, 8, and 9 are to be used for

 

 the reporting of Regulated Futures Contracts.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Cancellation of

 

 Form 1099-C -                   Debt on Form 1099-C:

 

 Cancellation of Debt

 

 (See Note 1)                    Amount

 

                                 Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                 2       Amount of debt canceled

 

                                         (See Note 2)

 

                                 3       Interest included in

 

                                         Amount Code 2

 

                                 4       Penalties, fines, or

 

                                         administrative costs

 

                                         included in Amount Code 2

 

                                 7       Fair market value of

 

                                         property (See Note 3)

 

 

 Note 1:  If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in

 

 connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured

 

 property and the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-

 

 C and 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property, the

 

 filer is required to file Form 1099-C only.  See the 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further

 

 information on Coordination with  Form 1099-A.

 

 

 Note 2:  A debt is any amount owed to the debtor including

 

 principal, interest, penalties, administrative costs, and fines,

 

 to the extent they are indebtedness under section 61(a)(12).  The

 

 amount of debt discharged or canceled may be all or only part of

 

 the total amount owed.  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.

 

 

 Note 3:  Amount Code 7 will be used only if a combined Form

 

 1099-A and 1099-C is being filed.  See the 1995 "Instructions for

 

 Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on

 

 reporting the fair market value of property and Coordination with

 

 Form 1099-A.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on

 

 Form 1099-DIV -                 Form 1099-DIV:

 

 Dividends and                   Amount

 

 Distributions                   Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Gross dividends and other

 

                                        distributions on stock

 

                                        (See Note)

 

                                 2      Ordinary dividends (See

 

                                        Note)

 

                                 3      Capital gain distributions

 

                                        (See Note)

 

                                 4      Nontaxable distributions

 

                                        (if determinable) (See

 

                                        Note)

 

                                 5      Investment expenses (See

 

                                        Note)

 

                                 6      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

                                 7      Foreign tax paid

 

                                 8      Cash liquidation

 

                                        distributions

 

                                 9      Noncash liquidation

 

                                        distributions (show

 

                                        fair market value)

 

 

 Note:  Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using

 

 Amount Codes 8 or 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts

 

 reported for Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5.  If an amount is present

 

 for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount

 

 Codes 2-5 as applicable.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 1099-G -                        1099-G:

 

 Certain Government              Amount

 

 Payments                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Unemployment compensation

 

                                 2      State or local income tax

 

                                        refunds, credits, or

 

                                        offsets

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

                                 6      Taxable grants

 

                                 7      Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-INT -                 1099-INT:

 

 Interest Income                 Amount

 

                                 Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Interest income not

 

                                        included in Amount Code 3

 

                                 2      Early withdrawal penalty

 

                                 3      Interest on U.S. Savings

 

                                        Bonds and Treasury

 

                                        obligations

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

                                 5      Foreign tax paid

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-MISC -                1099-MISC:

 

 Miscellaneous                   Amount

 

 Income                          Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Rents (See Note 1)

 

                                 2      Royalties (See Note 2)

 

                                 3      Other income

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding and

 

                                        withholding on payments of

 

                                        Indian gaming profits)

 

                                 5      Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                 6      Medical and health care

 

                                        payments

 

                                 7      Nonemployed compensation

 

                                        or crop insurance proceeds

 

                                        (See Note 3)

 

                                 8      Substitute payments in

 

                                        lieu of dividends or

 

                                        interest

 

                                 9      Excess golden parachute

 

                                        payments

 

 

                                 (FILERS SEE NOTE 4)

 

 

 Note 1:  If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type

 

 of Return Code A for 1099-MISC in position 22, and Amount Code 1

 

 in position 23 of the Payer "A" record.  All payment amount

 

 fields in the Payee "B" record will contain zeros.

 

 

 Note 2:  Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 Note 3:  Amount Code 7 is normally used to report nonemployed

 

 compensation.  However, Amount code 7 may also be used to report

 

 crop insurance proceeds.  See positions 4-5 of the "B" Record for

 

 instructions.  If nonemployed compensation and crop insurance

 

 proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B" Record

 

 for each transaction is required.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note 4:  For the convenience of the payer, the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record may be used to report state

 

 and local income tax withheld.  This information does not need to

 

 be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-OID -                 1099-OID:

 

 Original Issue                  Amount

 

 Discount                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Original issue

 

                                        discount for 1995

 

                                 2      Other periodic interest

 

                                 3      Early withdrawal penalty

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-PATR -                1099-PATR:

 

 Taxable                         Amount

 

 Distributions                   Code   Amount Type

 

 Received From                   1      Patronage dividends

 

 Cooperatives                    2      Nonpatronage distributions

 

                                 3      Per-unit retain

 

                                        allocations

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

                                 5      Redemption of nonqualified

 

                                        notices and retain

 

                                        allocations

 

 

                                        Pass-Through Credits (see

 

                                         Note)

 

 

                                 6      For filer's use

 

                                 7      Energy investment credit

 

                                 8      Jobs credit

 

                                 9      Patron's Alternative

 

                                        Minimum Tax Adjustment

 

 

      RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes

 

 Form 1099-PATR

 

 (Cont,)

 

 

 Note:  Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 are reserved for the patron's

 

 share of unused credits that the cooperative is passing through

 

 to the patron.  Other credits, such as the Indian employment

 

 credit may be reported in Amount Code 6.  The title of the credit

 

 reported in Amount Code 6 should be reported in the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record.  The amounts shown for

 

 Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 must be reported to the payee.  These

 

 Amount Codes for Pass-Through Credits and the Special Data

 

 Entries Field are for the convenience of the filer.  This

 

 information is not needed by IRS/MCC.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-R -                   1099-R:

 

 Distributions From              Amount

 

 Pensions, Annuities,            Code   Amount Type

 

 Retirement or Profit-           1      Gross distribution (See

 

 Sharing Plans, IRAs,                   Note 2)

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.       2      Taxable amount (See Note

 

 (See Note 1)                           3) or IRA/SEP Distribution

 

                                 3      Capital gain (included in

 

                                        Amount Code 2)

 

                                 4      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (See Note 4)

 

                                 5      Employee contributions or

 

                                        insurance premiums

 

                                 6      Net unrealized

 

                                        appreciation in

 

                                        employer's securities

 

                                 8      Other

 

                                 9      Total employee

 

                                        contribution (See Note 5)

 

 

 Note 1:  Additional information may be required in the "B"

 

 Record.  Refer to positions 44 through 48 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Note 2:  If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" (one) in position 47 of the "B" Record.

 

 An amount must be shown in Amount Field 1.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes

 

 Form 1099-R

 

 (Cont.)

 

 

 Note 3:  If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative

 

 amount.  For example, if stock is distributed but the value is

 

 less than the employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value

 

 of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter "0" (zero) in Amount Code 2,

 

 and enter the employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

      If the taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1"

 

 (one) in position 48 of the "B" Record.  If reporting an IRA/SEP

 

 distribution, generally include the amount of the distribution in

 

 the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount Field 2, positions 61-70) and

 

 enter a "1" (one) in the IRA/SEP Indicator Field (position 44).

 

 A "1" (one) may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined

 

 Indicator Field (position 48) of the Payee "B" Record, but the

 

 amount of the distribution must still be reported in Payment

 

 Amount Fields 1 and 2.  See the explanation for Box 2a of Form

 

 1099-R in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for more information on reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note 4:  See the l995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498,

 

 and W-2G" for further information concerning federal income tax

 

 withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 Note 5:  Amount Code 9 was previously used to report 'State

 

 income tax withheld'.  For the convenience of the payer, state

 

 and local income tax withheld may be reported in the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record. This information does not

 

 need to be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-S -                   1099-S:

 

 Proceeds From                   Amount

 

 Real Estate                     Code   Amount Type

 

 Transactions                    2      Gross proceeds (See Note)

 

                                 5      Buyer's part of real

 

                                        estate tax

 

 

 Note:  Include payments of timber royalties made under a "pay-as-

 

 cut" contract, reportable under section 6050N.  If timber

 

 royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description

 

 field of the "B" record.  For more information, see  Announcement

 

 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 5498 -                      5498:

 

 Individual                      Amount

 

 Retirement                      Code   Amount Type

 

 Arrangement                     1      Regular IRA contributions

 

 Information                            made in 1995 and 1996 for

 

 (See Note)                             1995.

 

                                 2      Rollover IRA contributions

 

                                 3      Life insurance cost

 

                                        included in Amount Code 1

 

                                 4      Fair market value of the

 

                                        account

 

 

 Note:  For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to the

 

 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" Rev.

 

 Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632.  Beneficiary information must be

 

 given in the Payee Name Line Field of the "B" Record.

 

 

      If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Storm/Shield

 

 participant for other than 1994, enter "DS", the year for which

 

 the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in

 

 the Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record.  Do not enter

 

 the contributions in Amount Code 1.

 

 

      For information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert

 

 Storm/Shield participant reporting, refer to the 1994

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G", and Notice

 

 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form W-2G -                     W-2G:

 

 Certain Gambling                Amount

 

 Winnings                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                 1      Gross winnings

 

                                 2      Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld

 

                                 3      State income tax withheld

 

                                        (See Note)

 

                                 7      Winnings from identical

 

                                        wagers

 

 

 Note:  State income tax withheld is added for the convenience of

 

 the payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 32        Test Indicator   1    Required.  Enter "T" if this is a

 

                                 test file, otherwise enter a

 

                                 blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 33        Service          1    Enter "1" (one) if a service

 

           Bureau                was used to develop and/or

 

           Indicator             transmit files, otherwise, enter

 

                                 blank.  See Part A, Sec. 17 for

 

                                 the definition of service bureau.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 34-41     Blank            8    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 42-43     Magnetic Tape    2    Required for magnetic tape/tape

 

           Filer                 cartridge filers only.  Enter

 

           Indicator             the letters "LS" (in uppercase

 

                                 only).  Use of this field by

 

                                 filers using other types of media

 

                                 will be acceptable but is not

 

                                 required.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 44-48     Transmitter      5    Required.  Enter the five

 

           Control Code          character alpha/numeric

 

           (TCC)                 Transmitter Control Code

 

                                 assigned by IRS/MCC.  A TCC must

 

                                 be obtained to file data on this

 

                                 program.  Do not enter more than

 

                                 one TCC per file.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 49        Foreign          1    Enter a "1" (one) if the payer

 

           Entity                is a foreign entity and income

 

           Indicator             is paid by the corporation to a

 

                                 U.S. resident.  If the payer is

 

                                 not a foreign entity, enter a

 

                                 blank. (See Note)

 

 

 Note:  If payers erroneously report entities as foreign, they may

 

 be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to

 

 IRS.  Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those records

 

 as foreign entities that should be coded.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 50-89     First           40    Required.  Enter the name of

 

           Payer Name            the payer whose TIN appears in

 

           Line                  positions 7-15 of the "A" Record.

 

                                 Any extraneous information must

 

                                 be deleted.  Left justify

 

                                 information, and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  (Filers

 

                                 should not enter a transfer

 

                                 agent's name in this field.  Any

 

                                 transfer agent's name should

 

                                 appear in the Second Payer Name

 

                                 Line Field.)

 

 

 Note:  When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the

 

 interest/the filer of Form 1098 (the payer).  The "B" Record will

 

 reflect the individual paying the interest (the payer of record)

 

 and the amount paid.  For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will

 

 reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the

 

 filer of Form 1099-S) and the "B" Record will reflect the

 

 seller/transferor.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 90-129    Second          40    If the Transfer (or Paying) Agent

 

           Payer Name            Indicator (position 130) contains

 

           Line                  a "1" (one), this field must

 

                                 contain the name of the transfer

 

                                 (or paying) agent.  If the

 

                                 indicator contains a "0" (zero),

 

                                 this field may contain either a

 

                                 continuation of the First Payer

 

                                 Name Line or blanks.  Left

 

                                 justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 130       Transfer         1    Required.  Identifies the entity

 

           Agent                 in the Second Payer Name Line

 

           Indicator             Field.(See Part A, Sec. 17 for

 

                                 a definition of transfer agent.)

 

                                 Code        Meaning

 

 

                                 1        The entity in the

 

                                          Second Payer Name

 

                                          Line Field is the

 

                                          transfer (or paying)

 

                                          agent.

 

 

                                 0 (zero) The entity shown is

 

                                          not the transfer (or

 

                                          paying) agent (i.e.,

 

                                          the Second Payer Name

 

                                          Line Field contains

 

                                          either a continuation

 

                                          of the First Payer

 

                                          Name Line Field or

 

                                          blanks).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 131-170   Payer           40    Required.  If the Transfer Agent

 

           Shipping              Indicator in position 130 is a

 

           Address               "1" (one), enter the shipping

 

                                 address   of the transfer (or

 

                                 paying) agent.  Otherwise, enter

 

                                 the actual shipping address of

 

                                 the payer.  The street address

 

                                 should include number, street,

 

 

                                 apartment or suite number (or P.

 

                                 O. Box if mail is not delivered

 

                                 to street address).  Left justify

 

 

        RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Payer Shipping        information, and fill unused

 

           Address (Cont.)       positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 171-210   Payer City,     40    Required.  If the Transfer Agent

 

           State, and            Indicator in position 130 is a

 

           ZIP Code              "1" (one), enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office,state abbreviation

 

                                 and ZIP Code of the transfer

 

                                 agent.  Otherwise, enter the

 

                                 city, town, or post office, state

 

                                 and ZIP Code of the payer.  Left

 

                                 justify information, and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 211-290   Transmitter     80    Required if the payer and

 

           Name                  transmitter are not the same.

 

                                 Enter the name of the transmitter

 

                                 in the manner in which it is used

 

                                 in normal business.  The name of

 

                                 the transmitter must be reported

 

                                 in the same manner throughout the

 

                                 entire file.  Left justify

 

                                 information, and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  If the

 

                                 payer and transmitter are the

 

                                 same, this field may be blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 291-330   Transmitter     40    Required if the payer and

 

           Mailing               transmitter are not the same.

 

           Address               Enter the mailing address of the

 

                                 transmitter.  Street address

 

                                 should include number, street,

 

                                 apartment or suite number (or  P.

 

                                 O. Box if mail is not   delivered

 

                                 to street address). Left justify

 

                                 information, and fill unused

 

                                 positions with  blanks.  If the

 

                                 payer and  transmitter are the

 

                                 same, this  field may be blank.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 331-370   Transmitter     40    Required if the payer and

 

           City, State           transmitter are not the same.

 

           and ZIP Code          Enter the city, town, or post

 

                                 office, state and ZIP Code of

 

                                 the transmitter.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  If the

 

                                 payer and transmitter are the

 

                                 same, this field may be blank.

 

 _______________________________________________________________

 

 

 371-418   Blank           48    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks or Carriage

 

                                 Return/Line Feed (CR/LF).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION 6. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :        :         :          :         :          :           :

 

 : RECORD : PAYMENT :   REEL   : PAYER'S :  PAYER   :    LAST   :

 

 :  TYPE  :   YEAR  : SEQUENCE :  TIN*   :  NAME    :   FILING  :

 

 :        :         :  NUMBER  :         : CONTROL* : INDICATOR :

 

 :________:_________:__________:_________:__________:___________:

 

      1       2-3        4-6       7-15      16-19        20

 

 

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :               :        :            :            :           :

 

 :   COMBINED    :  TYPE  :   AMOUNT   :   TEST     :  SERVICE  :

 

 : FEDERAL/STATE :   OF   :    CODES   : INDICATOR  :  BUREAU   :

 

 :    FILER      : RETURN :            :            : INDICATOR :

 

 :______________ :________:____________:____________:___________:

 

        21           22        23-31         32           33

 

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :       :           :             :             :       :       :

 

 : BLANK : MAGNETIC  : TRANSMITTER :   FOREIGN   : FIRST : SECOND:

 

 :       :   TAPE    :   CONTROL   :    ENTITY   : PAYER : PAYER :

 

 :       :   FILER   :    CODE     :  INDICATOR  : NAME  : NAME  :

 

 :       : INDICATOR :             :             : LINE* : LINE* :

 

 :_______:___________:_____________:_____________:_______:_______:

 

   34-41     42-43        44-48          49        50-89  90-129

 

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :           :          :            :             :             :

 

 :  TRANSFER :  PAYER   : PAYER CITY : TRANSMITTER : TRANSMITTER :

 

 :   AGENT   : SHIPPING : STATE AND  :     NAME    :   MAILING   :

 

 : INDICATOR : ADDRESS* : ZIP CODE*  :             :   ADDRESS   :

 

 :___________:__________:____________:_____________:_____________:

 

      130      131-170     171-210       211-290       291-330

 

 

  _______________________________

 

 :              :       :        :

 

 :TRANSMITTER   : BLANK : BLANK  :

 

 :CITY, STATE,  :       :  or    :

 

 :AND ZIP CODE  :       : CR/LF  :

 

 :______________:_______:________:

 

     331-370     371-418  419-420

 

 

* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction.

SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS

.01 The "B" Record contains the payment information from the information returns. When filing information returns, the format for the "B" Records will remain constant and is a fixed length of 420 positions. The record layout for positions 1 through 321 is the same for all "B" Records. Positions 322 through 420 vary for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G to accommodate variations within these forms.

In the "A" Record, the amount codes that appear in tape or diskette positions 23 through 31 will be left-justified and filled with blanks. In the "B" Record, the filer must allow for all nine Payment Amount Fields. For those fields not used, enter "0's" (zeros). For example, if a payer is reporting on Form 1099-MISC, ENTER "A" in tape position 22 of the "A" Record, Type of Return. If they are reporting payments for Amount Codes 1, 2, 4, and 7, then media positions 23 through 31 of the "A" Record will be "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks. Do not enter the letter 'b'.) In the "B" Record:

          Positions 51 through 60 for Payment Amount 1 will

 

               represent Rents.

 

          Positions 61-70 for Payment Amount 2 will represent

 

               Royalties.

 

          Positions 71-80 for Payment Amount 3 will be "0's"

 

               (zeros).

 

          Positions 81-90 for Payment Amount 4 will represent

 

               Federal income tax withheld.

 

          Positions 91-110 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be

 

               "0's" (zeros).

 

          Positions 111-120 for Payment Amount 7 will represent

 

               Nonemployed compensation.

 

          Positions 121-140 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be

 

               "0's" (zeros).

 

 

.02 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filer.

.03 If filers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank. Compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the name control:

(a) The surname of the payee whose TIN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.04 See Part A, Sec. 14 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the personal use of the filer. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries Field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's option to use the Special Data Entry Field. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.06 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to all of the specifications in Part A, Sec. 16 in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.08 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.

.09 IRS strongly encourages transmitters to review the data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Transmitters should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.

.10 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest, the filer of the Form 1098 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099- S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the filer of the Form 1099-S) and the "B" record will reflect the seller/transferor.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  For all fields marked Required, the transmitter must

 

 provide the information described under Description and Remarks.

 

 For those fields not marked Required, the transmitter must allow

 

 for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in

 

 the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length.  All

 

 records are a fixed length of 420 positions.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-3       Payment Year     2    Required.  Enter "95" (unless

 

                                 reporting prior year data).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 4-5       Document         2    Required for Forms 1099-G,

 

           Specific/             1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.  For

 

           Distribution Code     all other forms, or if not used,

 

                                 enter blanks.

 

 

           Tax Year of           For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

           Refund                reporting the tax year for

 

           (Form 1099-G          which the refund, credit or

 

           only)                 offset (Amount Code 2) was

 

                                 issued.  Enter in position 4;

 

                                 position 5 must be blank.  If the

 

                                 refund, credit, or offset is not

 

                                 attributable to income from a

 

                                 trade or business, enter the

 

                                 numeric year from the table below

 

                                 for which the refund, credit or

 

                                 offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                 1994, enter 4).  If the refund,

 

                                 credit or offset is exclusively

 

                                 attributable to income from a

 

                                 trade or business, and is not of

 

                                 general application, enter the

 

                                 alpha equivalent of the year from

 

                                 the table below (e.g., for 1994,

 

                                 enter D).

 

 

                                                    Year for Which

 

                                                    Trade/Business

 

                                                       Refund Was

 

                                 Year for Which         Issued

 

                                     General            (Alpha

 

                                 Refund was Issued     Equivalent)

 

                                         1                  A

 

                                         2                  B

 

                                         3                  C

 

                                         4                  D

 

                                         5                  E

 

                                         6                  F

 

                                         7                  G

 

                                         8                  H

 

                                         9                  I

 

                                         0                  J

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Crop Insurance        For Form 1099-MISC, Enter "1"

 

           Proceeds              (one) in position 4 if the

 

           (Form 1099-MISC       payments reported for Amount Code

 

           only)                 7 is crop insurance proceeds.

 

                                 Position 5 will be blank

 

 

           Distribution          For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

           Code                  appropriate distribution code(s).

 

           (Form 1099-R only)    More than one code may apply for

 

           (For a detailed       Form 1099-R.  If only one code

 

           explanation of the    is required, it must be entered

 

           of the distribution   in position 4 and position 5 must

 

           codes,see the 1995    be blank.  Enter at least one (1)

 

           "Instructions for     distribution  code.  A blank in

 

           Forms 1099, 1098,     position 4 is not acceptable.

 

           5498, and W-2G".)

 

                                 Enter the applicable code from

 

                                 the table that follows.  Position

 

                                 4 must contain a numeric code in

 

                                 all cases except when using P, D,

 

                                 E, F, G, or H.  Distribution Code

 

                                 A, B, or C, when applicable, must

 

                                 be entered in position 5 with the

 

                                 applicable numeric code in

 

                                 position 4.

 

 

                                 When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                 distribution under Section

 

                                 408(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue

 

                                 Code, the filer may also enter

 

                                 Code 1 if applicable.

 

 

                                 Only two numeric combinations are

 

                                 acceptable, codes 8 and 1, and

 

                                 codes 8 and 2, on one return.

 

                                 These two combinations can be

 

                                 used only if both codes apply to

 

                                 the distribution being reported.

 

                                 If more than one numeric code is

 

                                 applicable to different parts of

 

                                 a distribution, report two

 

                                 separate "B" Records.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Form 1099-R                Distribution Codes E, F, and H

 

        (Cont.)                  cannot be used in conjunction

 

                                 with other codes.  Distribution

 

                                 Code G may be used in conjunction

 

                                 with Distribution Code 4 only, if

 

                                 applicable.

 

 

                                 Category                     Code

 

                                 Early (premature)             1*

 

                                    distribution, no

 

                                    known exception

 

                                 Early (premature)             2*

 

                                    distribution, exception

 

                                    applies (as defined in

 

                                    section 72(q), (t), or

 

                                    (v) of the Internal

 

                                    Revenue Code) (other than

 

                                    disability or death)

 

                                 Disability                    3*

 

                                 Death (includes payments      4*

 

                                    to an estate or other

 

                                    beneficiary)

 

                                 Prohibited transaction        5*

 

                                 Section 1035 exchange         6

 

                                 Normal distribution           7*

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     8*

 

                                    earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                    (and/or earnings)

 

                                    taxable in 1995

 

                                 PS 58 costs                   9

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     P*

 

                                    earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                    taxable in 1994

 

                                 May be eligible for           A

 

                                    5- or 10-year averaging

 

                                 May be eligible for death     B

 

                                    benefit exclusion

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Form 1099-R           Many be eligible for          C

 

             (Cont.)                both A and B

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     D*

 

                                    earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                    taxable in 1993

 

                                 Excess annual additions       E

 

                                    under section 415

 

                                 Charitable gift annuity       F

 

                                 Direct rollover to IRA        G

 

                                 Direct rollover to qualified  H

 

                                    plan or tax-sheltered

 

                                    annuity

 

 

 *  If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution, code a "1" (one) in

 

   position 44 of the "B" Record.

 

 

           Type of               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

           Wager (Form           applicable code in position 4.

 

           W-2G only)            Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

                                 Category                    Code

 

                                 Horse race track (or off-    1

 

                                    track betting of a

 

                                    horse track nature)

 

                                 Dog race track (or off-      2

 

                                    track betting of a

 

                                    dog track nature)

 

                                 Jai-alai                     3

 

                                 State-conducted lottery      4

 

                                 Keno                         5

 

                                 Bingo                        6

 

                                 Slot machines                7

 

                                 Any other type of gambling   8

 

                                    winnings.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 6         2nd TIN          1    For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

           Notice                1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,

 

                                 and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                 Enter "2" to indicate

 

                                 notification by IRS/MCC twice

 

                                 within three calendar years that

 

                                 the payee provided an incorrect

 

                                 name and/or TIN combination,

 

                                 otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 7         Corrected        1    Indicate a corrected return.

 

           Return                Code       Definition

 

           Indicator              G     If this is a one-

 

                                        transaction correction or

 

                                        the first of a two-

 

                                        transaction correction

 

 

                                  C     If this is the second

 

                                        transaction of a two

 

                                        transaction correction

 

 

                                 Blank  If this is not a return

 

                                        being submitted to correct

 

                                        information already

 

                                        processed by IRS.

 

 

 Note:  C, G, and non-coded records must be reported using

 

 separate Payer "A" Records.  Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

 specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8-11      Name Control     4    If determinable, enter the first

 

                                 four (4) characters of the

 

                                 surname of the person whose TIN

 

                                 is being reported in positions

 

                                 15-23 of the "B" Record,

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.  This is

 

                                 usually the payee.  If the name

 

                                 that corresponds to the TIN is

 

                                 not included in the first or

 

                                 second payee name line and the

 

                                 correct name control is not

 

                                 provided, a backup withholding

 

                                 notice may be generated for the

 

                                 record.  Surnames of less than

 

                                 four (4) characters should be

 

                                 left-justified, filling the

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 Special characters and imbedded

 

                                 blanks should be removed.  In the

 

                                 case of a business, other than

 

                                 sole proprietorship, use the

 

                                 first four significant characters

 

                                 of the business name.  Disregard

 

                                 the word "the" when it is the

 

                                 first word of the name, unless

 

                                 there are only two words in the

 

                                 name.  A dash (-) and an

 

                                 ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                 acceptable special characters.

 

                                 Surname prefixes are considered

 

                                 part of the surname, e.g., for

 

                                 Van Elm, the name control would

 

                                 be VANE.

 

 

 Note:  Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters

 

 are allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the

 

 Name Control:

 

 

                         NAME                     CONTROL

 

 Individuals:

 

                         Jane Brown                   BROW

 

                         John A. Lee                 *

 

                         James P. En, Sr.             EN*

 

                         John O'Neill                 ONEI

 

                         Mary Van Buren               VANB

 

                         Juan De Jesus                DEJE

 

                         Gloria A. El-Roy             EL-R

 

                         Mr. John Smith               SMIT

 

                         Joe McCarthy                 MCCA

 

                         Pedro Torres-Lopes           TORR

 

                         Maria Lopez Moreno**         LOPE

 

                         Binh To La                  *

 

                         Nhat Thi Pham

 

                         Mark D'Allesandro            DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

                         The First National Bank      FIRS

 

                         The Hideaway                 THEH

 

                         A & B Cafe                   A&BC

 

                         11TH Street Inc.             11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

                         Mark Hemlock DBA

 

                         The Sunshine Club            HEML

 

 

 Partnership:

 

                         Robert Aspen and Bess Willow ASPE

 

                         Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and

 

                         Joyce Spruce et al Ptr       FIR*

 

 

 Estate:

 

                         Frank White Estate           WHIT

 

                         Sheila Blue Estate           BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

                         Daisy Corporation Employee

 

                         Benefit Trust                DAIS

 

                         Trust FBO The Cherryblossom

 

                         Society                      CHER

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                       NAME                       CONTROL

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

                       Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO       LABO

 

                       St. Bernard's Methodist

 

                         Church Bldg. Fund            STBE

 

 

 *  Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters

 

    must be left-justified and blank-filled.

 

 ** For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

    individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 12        Direct Sales     1    1099 MISC only.  Enter a "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) to indicate sales of $5,000

 

                                 or more of consumer products to a

 

                                 person on a buy/sell, deposit/

 

                                 commission, or any other

 

                                 commission basis for resale

 

                                 anywhere other than in a

 

                                 permanent retail establishment.

 

                                 Otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 Note:  If reporting direct sales only, use Type of Return A in

 

 position 22, and Amount Code 1 in position 23 of the Payer "A"

 

 record.  All payment amount fields in the Payee "B" record will

 

 contain zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 13        Blank            1    Enter blank

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 14        Type of          1    This field is used to

 

           TIN                   identify the Taxpayer

 

                                 Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                 positions 15-23 as either an

 

                                 Employer Identification Number

 

                                 (EIN), or a Social Security

 

                                 Number (SSN).  * Enter the

 

                                 appropriate code from the

 

 

                                 following table:

 

 

 * While not a "Required" field, this information is important for

 

  the correct processing of the payee's TIN.

 

 

                            Type of TIN            Type of Account

 

 

                                    1      EIN     A business,

 

                                                   organization,

 

                                                   sole proprietor

 

                                                   or other entity

 

 

                                    2      SSN     An individual

 

 

                                  Blank    N/A     If the type of

 

                                                   TIN is not

 

                                                   determinable,

 

                                                   enter a blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 15-23     Taxpayer         9    Required.  Enter the nine digit

 

           Identification        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

           Number                of the payee (SSN or EIN).  If an

 

                                 identification number has been

 

                                 applied for but not received,

 

                                 enter blanks.  Do not enter

 

                                 hyphens or alpha characters.  All

 

                                 zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have

 

                                 the effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                 If the TIN is not available,

 

                                 enter blanks.

 

                                 (See NOTE)

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Taxpayer Identification

 

           Number (Cont.)

 

 

 Note:  IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with

 

 missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices.  Payers

 

 who submit data with missing TINs, and have taken the required

 

 steps to obtain this information are encouraged to attach a

 

 letter of explanation to the required Form 4804.  This will

 

 prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC.    This letter,

 

 however, will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or

 

 CP2100A) or penalties (refer to 1995 "Instructions for Forms 109,

 

 1098, 5498 and W-2G, Penalty Section) for missing or incorrect

 

 TINs.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 24-43     Payer's         20    Enter any number assigned by the

 

           Account               payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

           Number                checking or savings account

 

           For                   number).  Filers are encouraged

 

           Payee                 to use this field.  This number

 

                                 helps to distinguish individual

 

                                 payee records and should be

 

                                 unique for each document.  Do not

 

                                 use the payee's TIN since this

 

                                 will not make each record unique.

 

                                 This information is particularly

 

                                 useful when corrections are

 

                                 filed.  This number will be

 

                                 provided with the backup

 

                                 withholding notification and may

 

                                 be helpful in identifying the

 

                                 branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                 the transaction.  Do not define

 

                                 data in this field in packed

 

                                 decimal format.  If fewer than

 

                                 twenty characters are used,

 

                                 filers may either left or right

 

                                 justify, filling the remaining

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 44        IRA/SEP          1    Form 1099-R only.  Enter "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) if reporting a distribution

 

           (See Note)            from an IRA or SEP; otherwise,

 

                                 enter a  blank.

 

 

 Note:  Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA

 

 or SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as

 

 Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record.

 

 Filers may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by

 

 using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 48)

 

 of the "B" Record. However, still report the amount distributed

 

 in Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2.  Refer to the 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G" for

 

 exceptions.

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 45-46     Percentage       2    Form 1099-R only.  Use this field

 

           of Total              when reporting a total

 

           Distribution          distribution to more than one

 

                                 person, such as when a

 

                                 participant dies and a payer

 

                                 distributes to two or more

 

                                 beneficiaries.  Therefore, if the

 

                                 percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                 field blank.  If the percentage

 

                                 is a fraction, round off to the

 

                                 nearest whole number (for

 

                                 example, 10.4 percent will be 10

 

                                 percent; 10.5 percent or more

 

                                 will be 11 percent).  Enter the

 

                                 percentage received by the person

 

                                 whose TIN  is included in

 

                                 positions 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                 Record.  This field must be

 

                                 right-justified, and unused

 

                                 positions must be zero-filled.

 

                                 If not applicable, enter blanks.

 

                                 Filers need not enter this

 

                                 information for IRA or SEP

 

                                 distributions or for direct

 

                                 rollovers.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 47        Total            1    Form 1099-R only.  Enter a "1"

 

           Distribution          (one) only if the payment shown

 

           Indicator             for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                 distribution that closed out the

 

                                 account; otherwise, enter a

 

                                 blank.

 

 

 Note:  A total distribution is one or more distributions within

 

 one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is

 

 distributed.  Any distribution that does not meet this definition

 

 is not a total distribution.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 48        Taxable Amount   1    Form 1099-R only. Enter a "1"

 

           Not Determined        (one) only if the taxable amount

 

           Indicator             of the payment entered for

 

                                 Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross

 

                                 Distribution) of the "B" Record

 

                                 cannot be computed, otherwise,

 

                                 enter blank.  If Taxable Amount

 

                                 Not Determined Indicator is used,

 

                                 enter "0's" (zeros) in Payment

 

                                 Amount Field 2 of the Payee "B"

 

                                 Record unless the IRA/SEP

 

                                 Indicator is present. (See Note)

 

                                 Please make every effort to

 

                                 compute the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note:  If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, the

 

 Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator may be used; but, it is

 

 not required.  If the IRA/SEP Indicator is present, the amount of

 

 the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Fields 1

 

 and 2.  Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G" for more information.

 

 

      Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all

 

 payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically.  However,

 

 when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer

 

 may be instructed to leave a box blank.  Follow the guidelines

 

 provided in the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 49-50     Blank            2    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Payment               Required.  Filers should allow

 

           Amount Fields         for all payment amounts.  For

 

           (Must be              those not used, enter zeros.  For

 

           numeric)              example:  If position 22, Type of

 

                                 Return, of the "A" Record is "A"

 

                                 (for 1099-MISC) and positions

 

                                 23-31, Amount Codes, are

 

                                 "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b"

 

                                 denotes blanks in the desigated

 

                                 positions.  Do not enter the

 

                                 Letter 'b'.) this indicates the

 

                                 payer is reporting any or all

 

                                 four payment amounts (1247) in

 

                                 all of the following "B" Records.

 

 

           RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Payment               Payment Amount 1 will represent

 

           Amount Fields         rents;  Payment Amount 2 will

 

           (Cont.)               represent royalties; Payment

 

                                 Amount 3 will be all "0's"

 

                                 (zeros); Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                 represent Federal income tax

 

                                 withheld;  Payment Amounts 5 and

 

                                 6 will be all "0's" (zeros);

 

                                 Payment amount 7 will represent

 

                                 nonemployed compensation, and

 

                                 Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be

 

                                 all "0's" (zeros).

 

                                 Each payment field must contain

 

                                 10 numeric characters (see Note).

 

                                 Each payment amount must be

 

                                 entered in U.S. dollars and

 

                                 cents.  The right-most two

 

                                 positions represent cents in the

 

                                 payment amount fields.  Do not

 

                                 enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                 decimal points or negative

 

                                 payments, except those items that

 

                                 reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.

 

                                 Positive and negative amounts are

 

                                 indicated by placing a "+" (plus)

 

                                 or "-"  (minus sign) in the left-

 

                                 most position of the payment

 

                                 amount field.  A negative

 

                                 overpunch in the units position

 

                                 may be used, instead of a minus

 

                                 sign, to indicate a negative

 

                                 amount.  If a plus sign, minus

 

                                 sign, or negative overpunch is

 

                                 not used, the number is assumed

 

                                 to be positive.

 

                                 Negative overpunch cannot be used

 

                                 in PC created files.

 

 

               RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Payment                         Payment amounts must be right

 

 Amount Fields                   justified and unused

 

 (Cont.)                         positions must be zero-filled.

 

                                 Federal income tax withheld

 

                                 cannot be reported as a negative

 

                                 amount on any form.

 

 

      Note:  If a payer is reporting a money amount in excess of

 

      9999999999 (dollars and cents), it must be reported as

 

      follows:

 

 

      (1)  The first Payee "B" Record MUST contain 9999999999.

 

 

      (2)  The second Payee "B" Record will contain the remaining

 

           money amount.

 

 

 DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN HALF.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 51-60     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 1*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 1 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 61-70     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 2*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 2 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 71-80     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 3*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 3 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 81-90     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 4*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 4 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 91-100    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 5*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 5 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 101-110   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 6*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 6 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 111-120   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 7*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 7 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 121-130   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 8*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 8 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 131-140   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 9*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 9 in the "A" Record.

 

 

 * If there are discrepancies between the payment amount fields

 

 and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this

 

 revenue procedure govern.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 141-160   Blank           20    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 161       Foreign          1    If the address of the payee is in

 

           Country               a foreign country, enter a "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) in this field, otherwise,

 

                                 enter blank.  When filers use

 

                                 this indicator, they may use a

 

                                 free format for the payee city,

 

                                 state and ZIP Code.  Address

 

                                 information must not appear in

 

                                 the First or Second Payee Name

 

                                 Line.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 162-201   First Payee     40    Required.  Enter the name of the

 

           Name Line             payee (preferably surname first)

 

                                 whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                                 Number (TIN) was provided in

 

                                 positions 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                 Record.  Left justify and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.  If

 

                                 more space is required for the

 

                                 name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                 Name Line Field.  If there are

 

                                 multiple payees, only the name of

 

                                 the payee whose TIN has been

 

                                 provided should be entered in

 

                                 this field.  The names of the

 

                                 other payees may be entered in

 

                                 the Second Payee Name Line Field.

 

                                 If reporting information for a

 

                                 sole proprietor, the individual's

 

                                 name must always be present,

 

                                 preferably on the First Payee

 

                                 Name Line.  The use of the

 

                                 business name is optional in the

 

                                 Second Payee Name Line.

 

 

 Note:  When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the payer).  The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying

 

 the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

 

 For Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/

 

 transferor information.

 

 

      For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by the word "beneficiary".  For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies

 

 that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith.  Filers may abbreviate

 

 the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef".  Refer to the

 

 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".  The

 

 beneficiary's TIN should be reported in positions 15-23 of the

 

 "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 202-241   Second Payee    40    If there are multiple payees,

 

           Name Line             (e.g., partners, joint owners, or

 

                                 spouses), use this field for

 

                                 those names not associated with

 

                                 the TIN provided in position 15-

 

                                 23 of the "B" Record or if not

 

                                 enough space was provided in the

 

                                 First Payee Name Line continue

 

                                 the name in this field.  Do not

 

                                 enter address information.  It is

 

                                 important that filers provide as

 

                                 much payee information to IRS/MCC

 

                                 as possible to identify the payee

 

                                 assigned the TIN.  Left justify

 

                                 and fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks.  Fill with blanks if no

 

                                 entries are present for this

 

                                 field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 242-281   Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P.O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any data

 

                                 other than the payee's mailing

 

                                 address.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator in position 161

 

 must contain a "1" (one).

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 282-310   Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill the unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  Enter APO

 

                                 or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 311-312   Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state

 

                                 abbreviations for states or the

 

                                 appropriate postal identifier

 

                                 (AA, AE, or AP) described in Part

 

                                 A, Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 313-321   Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only the

 

                                 first five digits are known, left

 

                                 justify information and fill the

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                 (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator Field, located in

 

                                 position 161 of the "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

               STANDARD PAYEE "B" RECORD FORMAT FOR

 

              ALL TYPES OF RETURNS UP TO POSITION 321

 

  ____________________________________________________________

 

 :        :         :              :              :           :

 

 : RECORD : PAYMENT :   DOCUMENT   :     2ND      : CORRECTED :

 

 :  TYPE  :  YEAR   :   SPECIFIC/  :     TIN      :  RETURN   :

 

 :        :         : DISTRIBUTION :    NOTICE    : INDICATOR :

 

 :        :         :    CODE      :  (OPTIONAL)  :           :

 

 :________:_________:______________:______________:___________:

 

     1        2-3         4-5             6             7

 

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :         :       :      :               :          :

 

 :   NAME   :  DIRECT : BLANK : TYPE :   TAXPAYER    :  PAYER'S :

 

 : CONTROL  :  SALES  :       :  OF  : IDENTIFICATION:  ACCOUNT :

 

 :          :INDICATOR:       : TIN  :    NUMBER     :  NUMBER  :

 

 :          :         :       :      :               : FOR PAYEE:

 

 :__________:_________:_______:______:_______________:__________:

 

    8-11       12        13     14        15-23         24-43

 

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :           :              :              :  TAXABLE   :       :

 

 :  IRA/SEP  :  PERCENTAGE  :    TOTAL     :  AMT NOT   : BLANK :

 

 : INDICATOR :   OF TOTAL   : DISTRIBUTION : DETERMINED :       :

 

 :           : DISTRIBUTION :  INDICATOR   : INDICATOR  :       :

 

 :___________:______________:______________:____________:_______:

 

      44         45-46            47            48       49-50

 

 _____________________________________________________

 

 :         :          :          :          :          :

 

 : PAYMENT : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  :

 

 : AMOUNT 1: AMOUNT 2 : AMOUNT 3 : AMOUNT 4 : AMOUNT 5 :

 

 :_________:__________:__________:__________:__________:

 

    51-60     61-70       71-80      81-90     91-100

 

  ___________________________________________

 

 :          :          :          :          :

 

 : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  :

 

 : AMOUNT 6 : AMOUNT 7 : AMOUNT 8 : AMOUNT 9 :

 

 :__________:__________:__________:__________:

 

   101-110   111-120     121-130    131-140

 

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :       :           :            :            :          :

 

 :       :  FOREIGN  :   FIRST    :   SECOND   :  PAYEE   :

 

 : BLANK :  COUNTRY  : PAYEE NAME : PAYEE NAME : MAILING  :

 

 :       : INDICATOR :   LINE     :    LINE    : ADDRESS  :

 

 :_______:___________:____________:____________:__________:

 

  141-160     161        162-201      202-241     242-281

 

 

  ________________________

 

 :       :        :       :

 

 :       :        : PAYEE :

 

 : PAYEE : PAYEE  :  ZIP  :

 

 : CITY  : STATE  : CODE  :

 

 :       :        :       :

 

 :_______:________:_______:

 

  282-310  311-312 313-321

 

 

The following sections define the field positions for the different types of returns in the Payee "B" Record (positions 322-420):

           (l)  Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498

 

           (2)  Form 1099-A

 

           (3)  Form 1099-B

 

           (4)  Form 1099-C

 

           (5)  Form 1099-OID

 

           (6)  Form 1099-S

 

           (7)  Form W-2G

 

 

(1) FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R and 5498

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-349   Blank           28    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 350-416   Special Data    67    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 417-418   Combined         2    If this payee record is to be

 

           Federal/              forwarded to a state agency as

 

           State Code            part of the Combined Federal/

 

                                 State Filing Program, enter the

 

                                 valid state code from Part A,

 

                                 Sec. 16, Table 1.  For those

 

                                 payers or states not

 

                                 participating in this program or

 

                                 for forms not valid for state

 

                                 reporting, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks, or carriage return/

 

                                 line feed (cr/lf) characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

      FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

      1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498

 

  ____________________________________

 

 :       :         :          :       :

 

 :       : SPECIAL : COMBINED :       :

 

 : BLANK :  DATA   : FEDERAL/ : BLANK :

 

 :       : ENTRIES :  STATE   :  OR   :

 

 :       :         :  CODE    : CR/LF :

 

 :_______:_________:__________:_______:

 

  322-349  350-416    417-418  419-420

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 (2)  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM

 

      1099-A

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-349   Blank           28    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 350-370   Special Data    21    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for the filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 371-376   Date of          6    Form 1099-A only.

 

           Lender`s              Payers should enter the

 

           Acquisition or        acquisition date of the secured

 

           Knowledge of          property or the date they

 

           Abandonment           first knew or had reason to know

 

                                 the property was abandoned, in

 

                                 the format MMDDYY (i.e., 102295).

 

                                 Do not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 377       Liability        1    Form 1099-A only.  Enter the

 

           Indicator             appropriate indicator from the

 

                                 table below:

 

 

                                 Indicator  Usage

 

 

                                 1          Borrower was

 

                                            personally liable for

 

                                            repayment of the debt.

 

                                 Blank      Borrower was not

 

                                            liable for repayment

 

                                            debt.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                           FORM 1099-A

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 378-416   Description     39    Form 1099-A only.  Enter a brief

 

           of Property           description of the property.  For

 

                                 real property, enter the address,

 

                                 or if the address does not

 

                                 sufficiently identify the

 

                                 property, enter the section, lot

 

                                 and block.  For personal

 

                                 property, enter the type, make

 

                                 and model (e.g., Car-1994 Buick

 

                                 Regal or office equipment).

 

                                 Enter "CCC" for crops forfeited

 

                                 on Commodity Credit Corporation

 

                                 loans.  If fewer than 39

 

                                 positions are required, left

 

                                 justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 417-418   Blank            2    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                 return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                 characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

        PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

              FORM 1099-A

 

  ___________________________________________________________________

 

 :      :       :   DATE OF    :         :           :       :BLANK  :

 

 :      :SPECIAL:  LENDER'S    :LIABILITY:DESCRIPTION:       : OR    :

 

 :BLANK : DATA  : ACQUISITION  :INDICATOR:OF PROPERTY: BLANK :CR/LF  :

 

 :      :ENTRIES:OR ABANDONMENT:         :           :       :       :

 

 :______:_______:______________:_________:___________:_______:_______:

 

 322-349 350-370   371-376         377      378-416   417-418 419-420

 

 

 (3)  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420

 

      FORM 1099-B

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-349   Blank           28    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 350-359   Special Data    10    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for the filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 360       Gross            1    Form 1099-B only.  Enter the

 

           Proceeds              appropriate indicator from

 

           Indicator             the following table, otherwise,

 

                                 enter blanks.

 

 

                                 Indicator     Usage

 

 

                                     1        Gross proceeds

 

                                     2        Gross proceeds less

 

                                              commissions and

 

                                              option premiums

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 361-366   Date of          6    Form 1099-B only.  For broker

 

           Sale                  transactions, enter the trade

 

                                 date of the transaction.  For

 

                                 barter exchanges, enter the date

 

                                 when cash, property, a credit, or

 

                                 scrip is actually or

 

                                 constructively received in the

 

                                 format MMDDYY (e.g., 102195).

 

                                 Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                 aggregate transaction.  Do not

 

                                 enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 367-379   CUSIP Number    13    Form 1099-B only.  For broker

 

                                 transactions only, enter the

 

                                 CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                 Security Identification

 

                                 Procedures) number of the item

 

                                 reported for Amount Code 2

 

                                 (stocks, bonds, etc.).  Enter

 

                                 blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                 transaction.  Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                 if the number is not available.

 

                                 Right justify information and

 

                                 fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 380-418   Description     39    Form 1099-B only.  Enter a brief

 

                                 description of the item or

 

                                 services or property for which

 

                                 the proceeds or bartering is

 

                                 being reported.  If fewer than 39

 

                                 characters are required, left

 

                                 justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For broker transactions, enter a

 

                                 brief description of the

 

                                 disposition item (e.g., 100

 

                                 shares of XYZ Corp.).  For

 

                                 regulated futures and forward

 

                                 contracts, enter "RFC" or other

 

                                 appropriate descriptions and

 

                                 any amount subject to backup

 

                                 withholding.  For bartering

 

                                 transactions, show the services

 

                                 or property provided.

 

 

 Note:  The amount withheld in these situations is to be included

 

        in Amount Code 4.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks, or carriage return/

 

                                 line feed (cr/lf) characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

        PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

                            FORM 1099-B

 

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 :       :         :         :         :       :             :

 

 : BLANK : SPECIAL : GROSS   : DATE OF : CUSIP : DESCRIPTION :

 

 :       :  DATA   :PROCEEDS :  SALE   :NUMBER :             :

 

 :       : ENTRIES :INDICATOR:         :       :             :

 

 :_______:_________:_________:_________:_______:_____________:

 

  322-349  350-359    360      361-366  367-379   380-418

 

  ________

 

 :        :

 

 : BLANK  :

 

 :  OR    :

 

 : CR/LF  :

 

 :________:

 

 419-420

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 (4)  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM

 

      1099-C

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-349   Blank           28    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 350-370   Special Data    21    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 371-376   Date             6    Form 1099-C only.  Payers should

 

           Canceled              enter the date when the debt was

 

                                 canceled in the format of MMDDYY

 

                                 (i.e., 102295).  Do not enter

 

                                 hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                              FORM 1099-C

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 377       Bankruptcy       1    Form 1099-C only.  Enter "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) to indicate the debt was

 

                                 discharged in bankruptcy.

 

 

                                 Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                 1            Debt was discharged

 

                                              in bankruptcy.

 

                                 Blank        Debt was not

 

                                              discharged in

 

                                              bankruptcy.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 378-416   Debt            39    Form 1099-C only.  Enter a

 

           Description           description of the origin of

 

                                 debt, such as student loan,

 

                                 mortgage, or credit card

 

                                 expenditure.  If a combined Form

 

                                 1099-C and 1099-A is also being

 

                                 filed, also enter a description

 

                                 of the property.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 417-418   Blank            2    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420                    2    Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                 return/line feed (cr/lf).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-422 FORM 1099-C

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :         :   SPECIAL  :   DATE   :  BANKRUPTCY  :     DEBT     :

 

 :  BLANK  :    DATA    : CANCELED :  INDICATOR   : DESCRIPTION  :

 

 :         :   ENTRIES  :          :              :              :

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

  322-349     350-370     371-376         377         378-416

 

 

 ___________________

 

 :        :  BLANK :

 

 :  BLANK :   OR   :

 

 :        :  CR/LF :

 

 ___________________

 

     417   419-420

 

 

 (5) PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITION 322-420

 

     FORM 1099-OID

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-349   Blank           28    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 350-377   Special Data    28    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not used, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 378-416   Description     39    Required 1099-OID only.  Enter

 

                                 the CUSIP number, if any.  If

 

                                 there is no CUSIP number, enter

 

                                 the abbreviation for the stock

 

                                 exchange and issuer, the coupon

 

                                 rate and year of maturity (e.g.,

 

                                 NYSE XYZ 12 1/2 95).  Show the

 

                                 name of the issuer if other than

 

                                 the payer.  If fewer than 39

 

                                 characters are required, left

 

                                 justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                 RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                               FORM 1099-OID

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 417-418   Combined         2    If a payee record is to be

 

           Federal/              forwarded to a state agency as

 

           State Code            part of the Combined Federal/

 

                                 State Filing Program, enter the

 

                                 valid state code from Part A,

 

                                 Sec. 16, Table l.  For those

 

                                 payers or states not

 

                                 participating in this program and

 

                                 for forms not valid for state

 

                                 reporting, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks or carriage return/

 

                                 line feed (cr/lf) characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-OID

  ____________________________________________________

 

 :       :         :             :            :       :

 

 :       : SPECIAL :             :  COMBINED  : BLANK :

 

 : BLANK :  DATA   : DESCRIPTION :  FEDERAL/  :   OR  :

 

 :       : ENTRIES :             : STATE CODE : CR/LF :

 

 :_______:_________:_____________:____________:_______:

 

  322-349  350-377     378-416       417-418   419-420

 

 

 (6)  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

      FORM 1099-S

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-349   Blank           28    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                           FORM 1099-S

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 350-372   Special Data    23    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 373-378   Date of          6    Required Form 1099-S only.  Enter

 

           Closing               the closing date in the format

 

                                 MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).  Do not

 

                                 enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 379-417   Address or      39    Required Form 1099-S only.  Enter

 

           Legal                 the address of the property

 

           Description           transferred (including city,

 

                                 state, and ZIP Code).  If the

 

                                 address does not sufficiently

 

                                 identify the property, also enter

 

                                 a legal description, such as

 

                                 section, lot, and block.  For

 

                                 timber royalties, enter "TIMBER".

 

                                 If fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                 required, left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                           FORM 1099-S

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title  Length   Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 418       Property or      1    Required Form 1099-S only.  Enter

 

           Services              "1" (one) if the transferor

 

           To Be Received        received or will receive property

 

                                 (other than cash and

 

                                 consideration treated as cash in

 

                                 computing gross proceeds) or

 

                                 services as part of the

 

                                 consideration for the property

 

                                 transferred.  Otherwise, enter a

 

                                 blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks or carriage return/

 

                                 line feed (cr/lf) characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM 1099-S

  ____________________________________________________________

 

 :       :         :         :             :          :       :

 

 :       : SPECIAL :         :   ADDRESS   : PROPERTY : BLANK :

 

 : BLANK :  DATA   : DATE OF :     OR      :    OR    :  OR   :

 

 :       : ENTRIES : CLOSING :    LEGAL    : SERVICES : CR/LF :

 

 :       :         :         : DESCRIPTION : RECEIVED :       :

 

 :_______:_________:_________:_____________:__________:_______:

 

  322-349  350-372   373-378     379-417        418    419-420

 

 

When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.

 (7)  PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

      FORM W-2G

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 322-352   Blank           31    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 353-358   Date Won         6    Required Form W-2G only.  Enter

 

                                 the date of the winning event in

 

                                 the format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).

 

                                 Do not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

                                 This is not the date the money

 

                                 was paid, if paid after the date

 

                                 of the race (or game).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 359-373   Transaction     15    Required Form W-2G only.  For

 

                                 state-conducted lotteries, enter

 

                                 the ticket or other identifying

 

                                 number.  For keno, bingo, and

 

                                 slot machines, enter the ticket

 

                                 or card number (and color, if

 

                                 applicable), machine serial

 

                                 number, or any other information

 

                                 that will help identify the

 

                                 winning transaction.  All others,

 

                                 enter blanks.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 374-378   Race             5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                 enter the race (or game) relating

 

                                 to the winning ticket. Otherwise,

 

                                 enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 379-383   Cashier          5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                 enter the initials of the cashier

 

                                 making the winning payment;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                           FORM W-2G

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 384-388   Window           5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                 enter the window number or

 

                                 location of the person paying the

 

                                 winnings; otherwise, enter

 

                                 blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 389-403   First ID        15    Form W-2G only.  For other than

 

                                 state lotteries, enter the first

 

                                 identification number of the

 

                                 person receiving the winnings;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 404-418   Second ID       15    Form W-2G only.  For other than

 

                                 state lotteries, enter the second

 

                                 identification number of the

 

                                 person receiving the winnings;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                 return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                 characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420 FORM W-2G

  _____________________________________________________________

 

 :      :          :        :      :         :        :        :

 

 :      :          :        :      :         :        : FIRST  :

 

 : BLANK: DATE WON : TRANS- : RACE : CASHIER : WINDOW :   ID   :

 

 :      :          : ACTION :      :         :        :        :

 

 :______:__________:________:______:_________:________:________:

 

  322-352  353-358   359-373 374-378 379-383   384-388 389-403

 

 

        PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT POSITIONS 322-420

 

                       FORM W-2G (continued)

 

  ________________

 

 :        :       :

 

 : SECOND : BLANK :

 

 :   ID   :  OR   :

 

 :        : CR/LF :

 

 :________:_______:

 

  404-418  419-420

 

 

SECTION 8. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 26-40, 56-85, and 101-145 would be zero filled. Positions 146-420 would be blank filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "C"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

          RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-7       Number of        6    Required.  Enter the total number

 

           Payees                of "B" Records covered by the

 

                                 preceding "A" Record.  Right

 

                                 justify and zero fill.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8-10      Blank            3    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

     Required.  Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in

 

 the "B" Record into the appropriate control total fields of the

 

 "C" Record.  Control totals must be right-justified and unused

 

 control total fields zero-filled.  All control total fields are

 

 15 positions in length.

 

 

 11-25     Control         15

 

           Total 1

 

 26-40     Control         15

 

           Total 2

 

 41-55     Control         15

 

           Total 3

 

 56-70     Control         15

 

           Total 4

 

 71-85     Control         15

 

           Total 5

 

 86-100    Control         15

 

           Total 6

 

 101-115   Control         15

 

           Total 7

 

 116-130   Control         15

 

           Total 8

 

 131-145   Control         15

 

           Total 9

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 146-420   Blank          275    Enter blanks.  Filers may enter

 

                                 carriage return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                 characters in positions 419-420.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 ____________________________________________________________

 

 :        :           :       :         :         :         :

 

 : RECORD : NUMBER OF :       : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 :  TYPE  :  PAYEES   : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 : TOTAL 3 :

 

 :________:___________:_______:_________:_________:_________:

 

      1        2-7       8-10    11-25     26-40     41-55

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :       :         :         :         :         :         :     :

 

 :CONTROL: CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :  *  :

 

 :TOTAL 4: TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 :BLANK:

 

 :_______:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_____:

 

   56-70    71-85     86-100   101-115   116-130   131-145 146-420

 

 

* Positions 419-420 may be used for carriage return/line feed characters.

SECTION 9. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The state totals "K" record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used only when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 16 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file via this program.

               RECORD NAME:  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "K"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-7       Number of        6    Required.  Enter the total number

 

           Payees                of "B" Records being coded for

 

                                 this state.  Right justify and

 

                                 zero fill.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8-10      Blank            3    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Required.  Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in

 

 the "B" Records for each state being reported, into the

 

 appropriate control total fields of the appropriate "K" Record.

 

 Control totals must be right-justified, and unused control total

 

 fields zero-filled.  All control total fields are 15 positions in

 

 length.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 11-25     Control         15

 

           Total 1

 

 26-40     Control         15

 

           Total 2

 

 41-55     Control         15

 

           Total 3

 

 56-70     Control         15

 

           Total 4

 

 71-85     Control         15

 

           Total 5

 

 86-100    Control         15

 

           Total 6

 

 101-115   Control         15

 

           Total 7

 

 116-130   Control         15

 

           Total 8

 

 131-145   Control         15

 

           Total 9

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

          RECORD NAME:  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 146-416   Blank          271    Reserved for IRS use.  Enter

 

                                 blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 417-418   Combined         2    Required.  Enter the code

 

           Federal/              assigned to the state which is to

 

           State Code            receive the information.  (Refer

 

                                 to Part A, Sec. 16 Table l.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 419-420   Blank            2    Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                 return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                 characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 ____________________________________________________________

 

 :        :           :       :         :         :         :

 

 : RECORD : NUMBER OF :       : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 :  TYPE  :  PAYEES   : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 : TOTAL 3 :

 

 :________:___________:_______:_________:_________:_________:

 

      1        2-7       8-10    11-25     26-40     41-55

 

 

 _____________________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :         :         :         :         :

 

 : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 :

 

 :_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:

 

    56-70     71-85     86-100   101-115   116-130   131-145

 

 

 _________________________________

 

 :          :            :       :

 

 :          :  COMBINED  : BLANK :

 

 :   BLANK  :  FEDERAL/  :  OR   :

 

 :          : STATE CODE : CR/LF :

 

 :__________:____________:_______:

 

    146-416    417-418    419-420

 

 

SECTION 10. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The end of transmission "F" record is a fixed record length of 420 positions. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

           RECORD NAME:  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "F"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-5       Number of        4    Enter the total number of

 

           "A" Records           Payer "A" Records in

 

                                 the entire file (right justify

 

                                 and zero fill) or enter all

 

                                 zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 6-30      Zero            25    Enter zeros

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 31-420    Blank          390    Enter blanks.  Filers may enter

 

                                 carriage return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                 characters in positions 419-420.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

       ______________________________________________

 

      :          :               :         :         :

 

      :  RECORD  :   NUMBER OF   :         :    *    :

 

      :   TYPE   :  "A" RECORDS  :  ZEROS  :  BLANK  :

 

      :__________:_______________:_________:_________:

 

           1            2-5          6-30     31-420

 

 

* Positions 419-420 may be used for carriage return/line feed characters.

PART C. BISYNCHRONOUS (MAINFRAME) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 Bisynchronous electronic filing of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. This method uses IBM 3780 communications protocols and is used primarily by mainframe filers. Electronic filing will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those payers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by payers who are under the filing threshold requirement.

.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and separate approval to participate in each of them must be obtained. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.

.03 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems, and not through magnetic media or paper filing.

.04 If a request for extension is approved, transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.

.05 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, tapes and tape cartridges. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file; therefore, each transmission must have an End of Transmission (EOT) "F" Record.

SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

.01 Filers must obtain, or already have, a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.

.02 Filers using bisynchronous protocols must obtain an IRS/MCC-assigned password prior to submitting test or actual data files. To obtain a password, the following steps must be taken:

(a) Bisynchronous filers who already have a TCC must submit either Form 4419 or a letter to indicate that they wish to file information returns electronically. Another TCC will not be assigned. If a letter is submitted, it must contain the following:

1) Name and address of transmitter.

2) Transmitter Control Code.

3) Name and phone number of a contact person within the filer's organization to whom a password will be assigned.

(b) Within 30 days of receiving the application or letter, IRS/MCC will send Form 6086, Time Sharing Operation (TSO) Password Assignment, to the filer which will contain the password to be used for electronic submissions.

(c) Upon receipt of Form 6086, the user (person who will actually transmit the data) will separate the acknowledgement from the password. Both the user and the user's manager must sign the acknowledgement and mail to:

                    Chief, Security and Disclosure Branch

 

                    IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center

 

                    P.O. Box 1208

 

                    Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

(d) The users or filers should retain a copy of the signed acknowledgement for their records. It is the filer's responsibility to ensure that the password is not compromised. Access to IRS/MCC computers will not be allowed without a valid password. After a password is received and the acknowledgement returned, the filer may submit a data file.

e) For security reasons, all bisynchronous passwords will expire periodically, and a new password will automatically be assigned. If filers have any questions relating to the security procedures, and/or they need to report their password has been compromised, they must contact IRS/MCC as soon as possible at:

                             IRS/MCC

 

                             Information Returns Branch

 

                             P. O. Box 1359

 

                             Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

               or by calling 1-(304)-263-8700.

 

 

.03 It is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised.

SECTION 3. TEST FILES

.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file. The purpose of test files is to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If a filer wishes to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1995, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC November 1, 1995, through December 31, 1995.

.02 If a filer encounters problems while transmitting electronic test files, IRS/MCC should be contacted for assistance.

.03 A password must be obtained before submitting an electronic test file.

.04 Bisynchronous electronic test files will be processed and filers will be notified as to the acceptability of their data within 5 workdays of the date the data and transmittal Form 4804 are received by IRS/MCC.

SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

.01 Electronically filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 7 days a week, 24 hours a day, except for routine maintenance/backup which is performed at 4:00 a.m. Eastern Time. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time by calling (304) 263-8700.

.02 Lengthy transmissions (100,000 or more records) are not encouraged since the transmission may be interrupted by line noise problems. It is advisable to break lengthy files into multiple transmissions.

.03 The time required to transmit information returns electronically will vary depending on the modem speed, if IBM 3780 data compression is used, and if the records are blocked. The following transmission rate was based on an actual test file received at MCC using 4800 bps, no compression, and one record per block:

                4500 records     50 minutes

 

 

SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

.01 All data submitted electronically is verified by transmittal Form 4804. The transmitter must send the signed Form 4804 the same day the transmission is made. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.

.02 Form 4804 can be ordered by calling the IRS toll free forms and publications order number 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800- 829-3676) or it may be computer-generated. If a filer chooses to computer-generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.

.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.

.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses:

          If by Postal Service:

 

 

               IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

               ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

               P.O. Box 1359

 

               Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

          If by truck or air freight:

 

 

               IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

               ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

               Route 9 and Needy Road

 

               Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.05 A signed Form 4804 submitted for electronically filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, a filer must still send the actual signed Form 4804 the same day as the electronic submission.

SECTION 6. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS

.01 Transmissions using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols must be in EBCDIC character code. Modems must be compatible with either Bell 208B for 4800 bps transmissions, or AT&T 2296A for 9600 bps transmissions. Both modems are dial-up type modems using the Public Switched Telephone Network. IBM 3780 data compression is acceptable for any bisynchronous transmission. Records may be blocked up to 4096 bytes with INTER RECORD SEPARATORS.

.02 IRS/MCC will accept information returns filed electronically over switched telecommunications network circuits. For 4800 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-0807. For 9600 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-9572. Both circuits are equipped for bisynchronous transmission using the IBM 3780 protocol.

.03 The 4800 bps line terminates at a Bell 208B modem. The Bell 208B modem uses phase-shift keying and eight-phase modulation to transmit binary serial data signals over the telephone line in half-duplex mode. The following options have been selected:

             - Transmit Level set to -4 dBm

 

             - Compromise Equalizer in (4-Db Slope)

 

             - DSR off in Analog Loop Mode

 

             - Automatic Answer

 

             - Transmitter Internally Timed

 

             - RS-CS Interval of 50 ms

 

 

.04 The 9600 bps line terminates at an AT&T Dataphone II 2296A modem. The AT&T 2296A modem is a full-duplex, CCITT V.32 compatible unit which operates at 9600 bps or 4800 bps (fallback). The following options have been selected:

             - Receiver Responds to Remote Loopback

 

             - Loss-of-Carrier Disconnect

 

             - Received-Space Disconnect

 

             - Send-Space Disconnect

 

             - Automatic Answer

 

             - Answer on Ring 1

 

             - DTR Interlock

 

             - Retrain Enable

 

             - Internal Timing

 

             - CTS Controlled by RTS

 

             - 0 - 1 ms RTS to CTS Delay

 

             - CTS Dependent on Carrier

 

             - RR Indicates Carrier

 

             - 9600 Trellis Coding

 

             - 4800 bps Fallback

 

             - 4 dB Compromise Equalization

 

 

SECTION 7. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

.01 For bisynchronous filing there are two additional identifier records which must be used to transmit data. These records are 420 positions in length and are the first ($$REQUEST) and second ($$ADD) records sent in an electronic transmission. The purpose of these records is to provide the password and identity of the transmitter. The $$REQUEST, $$ADD and the data file should be transmitted as one file. In some cases, filers have attempted to send the $$REQUEST and $$ADD as separate files. Doing this will result in a failed transmission.

.02 With the exception of these additional records, the file format for electronic filing is the same as for magnetic media filing. The format of each of these records is as follows:

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                      RECORD NAME: $$REQUEST

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1-20      $$REQUEST        20      Enter the following

 

           Identifier               characters:

 

           Record                   $$REQUEST ID=MSGFILE

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 21-420    Blank           400      Blank

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$REQUEST RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 ______________________

 

 :            :       :

 

 : $$REQUEST  :       :

 

 : IDENTIFIER : BLANK :

 

 :   RECORD   :       :

 

 :____________:_______:

 

     1-20       21-420

 

 

.03 Upon making contact with IRS/MCC and furnishing a valid password in the $$ADD identifier record, a data transmission session will commence. The transmission will continue until an End of Transmission (EOT) "F" record is received. At the end of each transmission, the following message should be received electronically by the filer: "DATA RECEIVED AT MCC" and the line will be disconnected. If this message is not received, there was a problem with the submission, and the filer should contact IRS/MCC immediately.

.04 Upon receiving a data file and transmittal Form 4804, IRS/MCC will release the data for further processing. If the media cannot be processed, the filer will be notified by either letter or telephone that the data must be retransmitted. This file name, if necessary, will be provided by IRS/MCC and is to be placed in positions 45-51 of the $$ADD record when the file is retransmitted.

                        RECORD NAME:  $$ADD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1-9       $$ADD             9      Enter the following

 

           Identifier               characters:

 

           Record                   $$ADD ID=

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 10-17     Password          8      Enter the password assigned by

 

                                    IRS/MCC.  For information

 

                                    concerning the password, see

 

                                    Part C, Sec. 2.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 18        Blank             1      Enter a blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 19-26     BATCHID           8      Enter the following

 

                                    characters:

 

                                    BATCHID=

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 27        Quote             1      Enter a single quote (').

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 28-43     Transmitter      16      Enter the transmitter's name.

 

           Name                     This name should remain

 

                                    consistent in all

 

                                    transmissions.  If the

 

                                    transmitter's name exceeds 16

 

                                    positions, truncate the name.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                   RECORD NAME:  $$ADD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length    Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 44        Type of File      1      Enter the Type of File

 

           Indicator                Indicator from the list below:

 

 

                                    O = Original filing

 

                                    T = Test File

 

                                    C = Correction file

 

                                    R = Replacement file

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 45-51     Replacement       7      Use this field only if this is

 

           File Name                a replacement file.  Enter the

 

                                    replacement file name which

 

                                    IRS/MCC has assigned to this

 

                                    file.  This file name will be

 

                                    provided to the filer in the

 

                                    letter notifying them that a

 

                                    replacement file is necessary.

 

                                    If contact is made by

 

                                    telephone, the replacement

 

                                    file name will be given to the

 

                                    filer by IRS/MCC at that time.

 

                                    For other than replacement

 

                                    files, this field will contain

 

                                    blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 52        Quote             1      Enter a single quote (').

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 53-420    Blanks          368      Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$ADD RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :            :          :       :         :       :             :

 

 :   $$ADD    :          :       :         :       :             :

 

 : IDENTIFIER : PASSWORD : BLANK : BATCHID : QUOTE : TRANSMITTER :

 

 :   RECORD   :          :       :         :       :    NAME     :

 

 :____________:__________:_______:_________:_______:_____________:

 

     1-9         10-17      18     19-26       27       28-43

 

 

  ____________________________________________________

 

 :            :              :         :              :

 

 :  TYPE OF   :              :         :              :

 

 :   FILE     : REPLACEMENT  :  QUOTE  :   BLANKS     :

 

 : INDICATOR  :  FILE NAME   :         :              :

 

 :____________:______________:_________:______________:

 

      44          45-51          52        53-420

 

 

PART D. ASYNCHRONOUS (IRP-BBS) ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 Asynchronous electronic filing of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 and W-2G, originals, corrections, and replacements of information returns is offered as an alternative to magnetic media (tape, tape cartridge, or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. Electronic filing using the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those filers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by those payers who are under the filing threshold requirement, but would prefer to file their information returns this way. If the original file was sent magnetically, but was returned for replacement, the replacement may be transmitted electronically. Also, if the original file was submitted via magnetic media, any corrections may be transmitted electronically.

.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and filers must obtain separate approval to participate in each of them. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.

.03 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems and not through magnetic media or paper filing.

.04 If a request for extension is approved, transmitters who file electronically will be granted an extension of 30 days to file. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. Filers are encouraged to file their data as soon as possible.

.05 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, tapes, and tape cartridges. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file. Do not use the 8-inch diskette format for electronic filing.

SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

.01 Filers must obtain, or already have, a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them prior to submitting their files electronically. (Filers who currently have a TCC for magnetic filing do not have to request a second TCC for electronic filing.) Refer to Part A, Sec. 7 for information on how to obtain a TCC.

.02 Once a TCC is obtained, filers using IRP-BBS assign their own passwords and do not need special approval.

.03 With all passwords, it is the user's responsibility to remember the password and not allow the password to be compromised. However, if filers do forget their password, call (304) 263-8700 for assistance. Note: Passwords on the IRP-BBS are case sensitive.

SECTION 3. TEST FILES

.01 Filers are not required to submit a test file; however, the submission of a test file is encouraged for first time electronic filers in order to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If filers wish to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1995, it must be submitted to IRS/MCC November 1, 1995, through December 31, 1995.

.02 If problems are encountered while transmitting the electronic test file, contact IRS/MCC for assistance.

.03 Filers can verify the status of their transmitted test data by dialing the IRP-BBS. This information will be available within two workdays after their transmission is received by IRS/MCC.

.04 A test file is required from filers who want approval for the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. See Part A, Sec. 16 for further details.

SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

.01 Electronically filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Technical assistance will be available Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. Eastern Time by calling (304) 263-8700.

.02 Filers may submit as many documents as they choose electronically. Filers are allowed 240 minutes a day; however, more time may be requested if needed. It may be advantageous to break down large files (files in excess of two hours of transmission time) into several smaller files. For example, if large files contain several types of returns or payers, transmit each return or payer as a separate file. As a result, if only one of the files is incorrect, a replacement would be needed for only the incorrect file.

.03 Do not transmit data using IRP-BBS January 1 through January 7. This will allow time for the IRP-BBS to be updated to reflect current year changes.

.04 Data compression is encouraged when submitting information returns by way of the IRP-BBS. MCC has the ability to decompress files created using several popular software compression programs such as ARC, LHARC, and PKZIP. Software data compression can be done alone or in conjunction with V.42bis hardware compression. Transmission time can be reduced by as much as 85 percent when data compression is used; therefore, it is highly recommended.

The time required to transmit information returns electronically will vary depending on the modem speed and the type of data compression used, if any. However, transmissions to IRP-BBS will be significantly faster than electronic filing to the mainframe. The time required to transmit a file can be reduced by as much as 85% by using software compression and hardware compression.

The following are actual transmission rates achieved in test uploads at MCC using compressed files (PKZIP) and the xmodem protocol. The actual transmission rates will vary depending on the protocol that is used. (Uploads will be approximately 25% faster when using the XMODEM-1K or ZMODEM protocols.):

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 :Transmission  :                :               :               :

 

 :Speed in bps  :  500 Records   : 2500 Records  : 10000 Records :

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 :    2400      :  2 min 55 sec  : 10 min 25 sec : 55 min 10 sec :

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 :    9600      :  1 min  5 sec  :  4 min 35 sec : 21 min 20 sec :

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 :   19200      :        41 sec  :  2 min 51 sec : 13 min 23 sec :

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 :   38400      :        25 sec  :  1 min 55 sec :  9 min 10 sec :

 

 :              :                :               :               :

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

.05 Files submitted to IRP-BBS must have a unique filename; therefore, the IRP-BBS will build the filename that must be used. The name will consist of the filer's TCC, submission type (T = Test, P = Production, C = Correction, and R = Replacement) and a sequence number. Filers may call the file anything they choose on their end. The sequence number will be incremented every time they send, or attempt to send, a file. Record the upload date, time, and filename. This information will be needed by MCC in order to identify the file if assistance is required and to complete Form 4804.

SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

.01 The results of the electronic transmission will be posted to the (F)ile Status area of the IRP-BBS, however, no further processing will occur until the signed Form 4804 is received. The transmitter must send the signed Form 4804 the same day the electronic transmission is made. No return is considered filed until a Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.

.02 Form 4804 can be ordered by calling the IRS toll free forms and publication order number 1-800-TAX-FORM, (1-800-829-3676) downloaded from the IRP-BBS, or it may be computer generated. A copy of the form is also available in the back of this publication. If a filer chooses to computer- generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer-generated form.

.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.

.04 Forms 4804 may be mailed to the following addresses:

          If by Postal Service:

 

 

               IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

               ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

               P.O. Box 1359

 

               Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

          If by truck or air freight:

 

 

               IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

               ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

               Route 9 and Needy Road

 

               Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.05 A signed Form 4804 submitted for electronically-filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 264-5196. Faxed transmittals will allow IRS/MCC to begin processing the file immediately; however, filers must still send the actual signed Form 4804 the same day as the electronic transmission.

Note: If a filer is required to submit a large volume of Forms 4804/4802, please mail in lieu of faxing.

SECTION 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

.01 The IRP-BBS is an electronic bulletin board system available to filers of information returns. In addition to filing information returns electronically, the IRP-BBS provides other capabilities. Some of the advantages of IRP-BBS are as follows:

          (1) Notification within two workdays as to the

 

               acceptability of the data transmitted.

 

 

          (2) Immediate access to the latest changes and updates

 

               that affect the Information Reporting Program at

 

               IRS/MCC (program, legislative, etc.).

 

 

          (3) Access to publications such as the Publication

 

               1220 as soon as they are available.

 

 

          (4) Capability to communicate with IRS/MCC personnel.

 

 

          (5) Ability to retrieve information and files

 

               applicable to the IRP-BBS.

 

 

.02 The IRP-BBS is available for public use and accessible using various personal computer communications equipment; however, electronic submission of information returns is limited to holders of valid TCCs. A TCC is not needed to access those portions of the IRP-BBS that contain forms and publications or to leave questions or messages for IRS/MCC personnel.

.03 Filers using IRP-BBS can determine the acceptability of files submitted by checking the file status area of the bulletin board. These reports are not immediately available but will be available two workdays after the transmission is received by IRS/MCC.

.04 Contact the IRP-BBS by dialing (304) 263-2749. The communication software settings for IRP-BBS are:

                         - No parity

 

                         - Eight data bits

 

                         - One stop bit

 

                         - Full duplex

 

 

The communication software should be set up to use the fastest speed allowed by the filer's modem.

.05 Due to the large number of communication products available, it is impossible to provide specific information on a particular software package or hardware configuration. Filers should contact their software or hardware supplier for assistance.

.06 IRP-BBS software provides a menu-driven environment allowing access to different parts of IRP-BBS. Whenever possible, IRS/MCC personnel will provide assistance in resolving any communication problems with IRP-BBS.

.07 IRP-BBS can be accessed at speeds from 1200 to 28,800 bps. The speed is automatically negotiated for connection at the speed of the calling modem. The communication standards supported include Industry Standard 212A, V.22bis, V.32, V.32bis, V.34, and V.FC. Point-to-point error control is supported using the V.42 ITU-T standard or MNP 2-4. Data compression is supported using V.42bis ITU-T standard or MNP5.

SECTION 7. IRP-BBS FIRST LOGON PROCEDURES

.01 The following information will be requested to set up the filer's user profile when logging onto the IRP-BBS for the first time.

(A) # Chars per line on screen (10-132)? (Most computers have 80 character screen display)

(B) Enter the letter, that corresponds to the filer's terminal, from the following:

                < A > IBM PC  < B >  IBM w/ANSI    < C >  Atari

 

                < D > ADM-3   < E >  H19/Z19/H89   < F >  Televid 925

 

                < G > TRS-80  < H >  Vidtex        < I >  VT-52

 

                < J > VT-100  < CR > if none of the above

 

 

Most PCs, clones, etc., will select the IBM PC emulation. Machines with color, CGA, EGA, or VGA should select IBM w/ANSI.

(C) Upper/lower case, line feed needed, O (zero) nulls after each <CR>, do you wish to modify this? (Most users answer no.)

(D) Do you wish to have a pause after each display page (Y/N)? (Most users answer yes.)

(E) How many lines per display page (10-80)? (Most computers have a 24 line screen display.)

                       COMMON USER PROBLEMS

 

 

 PROBLEM                PROBABLE CAUSE        SOLUTION

 

 

 File does not          Not starting          Start upload/

 

 upload/download        communication when    download on

 

                        prompted by           filers end

 

                        'Awaiting Start

 

                        Signal'

 

 

 All files not          Compressing           Compress only one

 

 processed              several files into    file for every

 

                        one filename          filename

 

 

 Replacement needed     Original data         Replacement must

 

                        incorrect             be submitted within

 

                                              45 days of original

 

                                              transmission

 

 

 Cannot determine       Not dialing back      Within 24 to 48

 

 file status            thru IRP-BBS to       hours after sending

 

                        check the status      a file, check under

 

                        of the file           (F)ile Status for

 

                                              notification of

 

                                              acceptability

 

 

                     COMMON USER PROBLEMS-Cont

 

 

 PROBLEM                PROBABLE CAUSE        SOLUTION

 

 

 Transfer aborts        Transfer protocol     Ensure protocols

 

 before it starts       mismatch              match on both the

 

                                              sending and

 

                                              receiving ends

 

 

 Loss of carrier        Incorrect modem       Reference your

 

 during session         settings on user's    modem manual

 

                        end                   about increasing the

 

                                              value of the S10

 

                                              register

 

 

 Unreadable screens     ANSI.SYS driver       Consult your DOS

 

 after selecting        not loaded in the     manual about

 

 "IBM w/ANSI"           user's PC             installing ANSI.SYS

 

 

                     IRS ENCOUNTERED PROBLEMS

 

 

 PROBLEM                PROBABLE CAUSE        SOLUTION

 

 

 IRS cannot             User did not          Mail completed Form

 

 complete final         mail the Form         4804 the same day as

 

 processing of data     4804                  the electronic

 

                                              transmission

 

 

 IRS cannot             User did not          Must enter the

 

 determine which        indicate which        filename that is

 

 file is being          file is being         being replaced

 

 replaced               replaced              under the

 

                                              replacement option

 

 

 IRS cannot             User incorrectly      When prompted,

 

 determine the type     indicated T, P, C,    enter the correct

 

 of file being sent     or R for the type     type of file for

 

                        of file               data being sent

 

 

 Incorrect file not     User did not dial     Within two workdays

 

 replaced within        back thru IRP-BBS     check under (F)ile

 

 45 days                to check the          Status for

 

                        status of file        notification of

 

                                              acceptability

 

 

 Duplicate data         Transmitter sends     Only submit

 

                        corrections for       corrections for

 

                        entire file           incorrect records

 

 

PART E. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a single density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 IRS will be eliminating 8-inch diskettes as an acceptable type of media in calendar year 1997 (Tax Year 1996). Filers currently reporting on 8-inch diskettes MUST make arrangements to file on 1/2-inch magnetic tape, tape cartridge (IBM 3480/3490 or AS400 compatible), 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskettes or electronically.

.03 To be compatible, a single density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

          (a) 8-inches in diameter.

 

          (b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

 

          (c) Contain 77 tracks of which:

 

               (1) Track 0 is the index track (the operating

 

                    system reserves track 0 for the directory

 

                    information and writes the file name and

 

                    location in the directory; data cannot be

 

                    written in track 0).

 

               (2) Tracks 1 through 73 are data tracks.

 

               (3) Track 74 is unused.

 

               (4) Tracks 75 and 76 are alternate data tracks.

 

          (d) Each Track must contain 26 sectors.

 

          (e) Each Sector must contain 128 bytes.

 

          (f) Data must be recorded on only one side of the

 

               diskette.

 

          (g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft

 

               sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double

 

               density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides

 

               specifications for double density diskettes which

 

               have sectors of 256 bytes.

 

          (h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the

 

               above specifications.

 

          (i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

 

          (j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to type of

 

               data (single sided/single density), and the entire

 

               file should consist of all single sided/single

 

               density diskettes.

 

 

.04 Exchange files are created through the Transfer command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy command. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure. IRS/MCC encourages filers to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of file "F" Record, the file must be returned for replacement.

.05 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.

SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. IRS/MCC does not require this information. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator (pos. 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C."

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :      :     :                 :     :        :     :           :

 

 : HDR1 :BLANK: DATA SET (FILE) :BLANK: SECTOR :BLANK: BEGINNING :

 

 :      :     : NAME (FOR TRANS-:     : LENGTH :     :  OF DATA  :

 

 :      :     : MITTER'S USE)   :     :        :     :           :

 

 : (a)  : (b) :       (c)       : (b) :  (d)   : (b) :    (e)    :

 

 :______:_____:_________________:_____:________:_____:___________:

 

    1-4    5          6-13       14-22   23-27    28     29-33

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :     :        :     :          :               :         :     :

 

 :BLANK: END OF :BLANK:  BYPASS  :   DATA SET    :  WRITE  :BLANK:

 

 :     :  DATA  :     : DATA SET : ACCESSIBILITY : PROJECT :     :

 

 : (b) :  (f)   : (b) :   (g)    :      (h)      :   (i)   : (j) :

 

 :_____:________:_____:__________:_______________:_________:_____:

 

    34    35-39    40      41           42            43      44

 

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :        :          :      :            :        :       :

 

 : MULTI- : SEQUENCE :BLANK : EXPIRATION : VERIFY : BLANK :

 

 : VOLUME :  NUMBER  :      :    DATE    :  MARK  :       :

 

 :        :          :      :   YYMMDD   :        :       :

 

 :  (k)   :  (l)     : (b)  :    (m)     :  (n)   :   (b) :

 

 :________:__________:______:____________:________:_______:

 

     45     46-47     48-66      67-72       73       74

 

  ________________

 

 :                :

 

 : NEXT AVAILABLE :

 

 :    DATA        :

 

 :  POSITION      :

 

 :     (p)        :

 

 :________________:

 

       75-79

 

 

(a) Header 1 - Positions 1 through 4; enter HDR1.

(b) Unused - Any field marked blank is unused and should contain only blanks.

(c) Data Set (File) Name - Positions 6 through 13; use this field to identify the data set. The Data Set Name must begin with an alphabetic character. This name should be the same for every diskette in a file.

(d) Sector Length - Positions 23 through 27; enter the sector length 128 in positions 25-27 and fill positions 23 and 24 with zeroes.

(e) Beginning of Data - Positions 29 through 33; enter the five-digit address designated for the first record of this data set, xx0yy (xx = track number, yy = sector number). For example, if the first record is in track 01, sector 02, enter 01002.

(f) End of Data - Positions 35 through 39; enter the five-digit address of the last position of the diskette reserved for this data set. For example, to reserve the entire diskette for a data set, enter 73026.

(g) Bypass Data Set - Position 41; this field not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

(h) Data Set Accessibility - Position 42; this field not accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

(i) Write Protect - Position 43; this field defines the protected status of the associated data set. P = read only; blank = read/write. With P in this position, a filer can only select the Update (U) mode.

(j) Position 44 is blank for Single Sided/Single Density diskettes.

(k) Multi-Volume - Position 45; this field indicates whether a complete data set is on a diskette. Blank = data set complete; C = data set continued on another diskette; L = last diskette of a multi-diskette data set.

(l) Sequence Number - Positions 46 through 47; For Copyfile files only. Sequentially ascending numbers must be entered in every diskette header label.

(m) Expiration Date - Positions 67 through 72; may be used to contain the date that the data set expires, YYMMDD (YY = year, MM = month, DD = day). This field is not accessed by IRS; any characters are acceptable.

(n) Verify Mark - Position 73; this field is used to indicate the data set was verified. If verified enter V, if not enter a blank.

(o) Next Available Data Position - Positions 75-79. Enter the address of the next available position after End of Data (f). In positions 75 and 76 enter the track number, in position 77 enter a "0" (zero), and in positions 77-78 enter the sector number.

SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer and for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record in the file must be an "A" Record. When a single density diskette is used, each "A" Record will consist of at least 2 sectors of 128 positions each. If a payer is transmitting for someone other than themselves, 4 sectors are required in order to identify both the payer and transmitter.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette. However, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A diskette may contain different types of returns, but the returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record must be uppercase.

.08 When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest, referred to as the "payer" in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

_________________________________________________________________

Note: For all fields marked Required, a transmitter must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not marked Required, a transmitter must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter "1" (one) to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up an

 

                                "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-4      Payment Year     2    Required.  Enter "95" (unless

 

                                reporting prior-year data)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 5-7      Diskette         3    The diskette sequence number is

 

          Sequence              incremented by 1 for each diskette

 

          Number                on the file starting with 001.

 

                                The transmitter may enter blanks

 

                                or zeros in this field.  IRS/MCC

 

                                bypasses this information.

 

                                Indicate the proper sequence on

 

                                the external label Form 5064.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8-16     Payer's          9    Required.  Must be the valid nine-

 

          TIN                   digit Taxpayer Identification

 

                                Number assigned to the payer.  Do

 

                                not enter blanks, hyphens, or

 

                                alpha characters.  All zeros,

 

                                ones, twos, etc., will have the

 

                                effect of an incorrect TIN.  For

 

                                foreign entities not required to

 

                                have a TIN, this field may be

 

                                blank;  however, the Foreign

 

                                Entity Indicator, position 50,

 

                                Sector 1, of the "A" Record should

 

                                be set to "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

          RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER  "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 17-20    Payer Name       4    The Payer Name Control can

 

          Control               be obtained only from the mail

 

                                label on the Package 1099 that is

 

                                mailed to most payers each

 

                                December.  To distinguish between

 

                                the Package 1099 and the Magnetic

 

                                Media Reporting (MMR) Package, the

 

                                Package 1099 contains instructions

 

                                for paper filing only and the mail

 

                                label on the package contains a

 

                                four (4) character name control.

 

                                The MMR Package contains

 

                                instructions for filing

 

                                magnetically or electronically.

 

                                The mail label does not contain a

 

                                name control.  Names of less than

 

                                four (4) characters should be

 

                                left-justified, filling the unused

 

                                positions with blanks.  If a

 

                                Package 1099 has not been received

 

                                or the Payer Name Control is

 

                                unknown, this field must be blank

 

                                filled.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 21       Last Filing      1    Enter a "1" (one) if this is the

 

          Indicator             last year the payer will file,

 

                                otherwise, enter blank.  Use this

 

                                indicator if, due to a merger,

 

                                bankruptcy, etc., the payer will

 

                                not be filing information returns

 

                                under this payer name and TIN in

 

                                the future either magnetically,

 

                                electronically or on paper.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 22       Combined        1     Required for the Combined

 

          Federal/State         Federal/State filing program.

 

          Payer                 Enter "1" (one) if participating

 

                                in the Combined Federal/State

 

                                Filing Program; otherwise, enter

 

                                blank.  Refer to Part A, Sec. 16,

 

                                for further information.  Forms

 

                                1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

                                1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed

 

                                under this program.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 23       Type of          1    Required.  Enter appropriate code

 

          Return                from the table below:

 

 

                                Type of Return          Code

 

                                1098                    3

 

                                1099-A                  4

 

                                1099-B                  B

 

                                1099-C                  5

 

                                1099-DIV                1

 

                                1099-G                  F

 

                                1099-INT                6

 

                                1099-MISC               A

 

                                1099-OID                D

 

                                1099-PATR               7

 

                                1099-R                  9

 

                                1099-S                  S

 

                                5498                    L

 

                                W-2G                    W

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 24-32    Amount           9    Required.  Enter the appropriate

 

          Codes                 amount code for the type of return

 

          (See Note)            being reported.  Generally, for

 

                                each amount code entered in this

 

                                field, a corresponding payment

 

                                amount must appear in the Payee

 

                                "B" Record.  In most cases, the

 

                                box numbers on paper information

 

                                returns correspond with the amount

 

                                codes used to file magnetically/

 

                                electronically.  However, if

 

                                discrepancies occur, this revenue

 

                                procedure governs.

 

 

     Example:  If Sector 1, position 23 of the "A" Record is "7"

 

 (for 1099-MISC) and positions 24-32 are "1247bbbbb".  (In this

 

 example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions.  Do not

 

 enter the letter 'b'.)  This indicates the payer is reporting any

 

 or all payment amounts  (1247) in all of the following "B"

 

 Records.

 

 

     The first payment amount field in the "B" Record will

 

          represent Rents;

 

     the second will represent Royalties;

 

     the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

     the fourth will represent Federal income tax withheld;

 

     the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

     the seventh will represent Nonemployed compensation;

 

          and,

 

     the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

 Enter the Amount Codes in ascending sequence (i.e., 1247bbbbb.

 

 In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions.

 

 Do not enter the letter 'b'.), left justify information and fill

 

 unused position with blanks.  For further clarification of the

 

 Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Note:  A type of return and an amount code must be present in

 

 every Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being

 

 reported.  For a detailed explanation of the information to be

 

 reported in each amount code, refer to the 1995 "Instructions for

 

 Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER"A"RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Mortgage Interest

 

 Form 1098 -                    Received From Payers/Borrowers

 

 Mortgage                       (Payer of Record) on Form 1098:

 

 Interest                       Amount

 

 Statement                      Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                1       Mortgage interest received

 

                                        from payers/borrowers

 

                                2       Points paid on

 

                                        purchase of principal

 

                                        residences

 

                                3       Refund of overpaid

 

                                        interest

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting the Acquisition or

 

 Form 1099-A -                  Abandonment of Secured Property on

 

 Acquisition or                 Form 1099-A:

 

 Abandonment of                 Amount

 

 Secured Property               Code     Amount Type

 

 (See Note 1)

 

                                2        Balance of principal

 

                                         outstanding

 

                                4        Fair market value of

 

                                         property (See Note 2)

 

 

 Note 1:  If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in

 

 connection  with the acquisition of abandonment of secured

 

 property and the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-

 

 A and 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, the filer is required to file

 

 Form 1099-C only.  Se the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information under Coordination

 

 with Form 1099-C.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes

 

 Form 1099-A

 

 (Cont'd)

 

 

 Note 2:  Amounts previously reported under Amount Code 3, "Gross

 

 foreclosure proceeds", are now reported under Amount Code 4,

 

 which has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair market

 

 value of property".  See the 1995 "Instruction for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G for further information.

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-B -                  1099-B:

 

 Proceeds from                  Amount

 

 Broker and Barter              Code     Amount Type

 

 Exchange

 

 Transactions                   2        Stocks, bonds, etc.  (For

 

                                         forward contracts, see

 

                                         Note 1.)

 

                                3        Bartering  (Do not report

 

                                         negative amounts.)

 

                                4        Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding).  (Do not

 

                                         report negative amounts.)

 

                                6        Profit or loss realized

 

                                         in 1995 on Regulated

 

                                         Futures Contract.  (See

 

                                         Note 2.)

 

                                7        Unrealized profit or

 

                                         loss on open contracts -

 

                                         12/31/94.  (See Note 2.)

 

                                8        Unrealized profit or loss

 

                                         on open contracts -

 

                                         12/31/95.  (See Note 2.)

 

                                9        Aggregate profit or loss.

 

                                         (See Note 2.)

 

 

 Note 1:  The payment amount field associated with Amount Code 2

 

 may be used to represent a loss from a closing transaction on a

 

 Forward Contract.  Refer to  the "B" Record - General Field

 

 Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on

 

 reporting negative amounts.

 

 

 Note 2:  Payment Amount Fields 6, 7, 8, and 9 are for the

 

 reporting of Regulated Futures Contracts.

 

 

 RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Cancellation of

 

 Form 1099-C -                  Debt on Form 1099-C:

 

 Cancellation of Debt

 

 (See Note 1)                   Amount

 

                                Code     Amount Type

 

 

                                  2      Amount of debt canceled

 

                                         (see Note 2)

 

                                  3      Interest included in

 

                                         Amount Code 2

 

                                  4      Penalties, fines or

 

                                         administrative costs

 

                                         included in Amount Code 2

 

                                  7      Fair market value of

 

                                         property (see Note 3)

 

 

 Note 1:  If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in

 

 connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured

 

 property and the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-

 

 C and 1099-A, Acquisition or abandonment of Secured Property, the

 

 filer is required to file Form 1099-C only.  See the 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further

 

 information under Coordination with Form 1099-A.

 

 

 Note 2:  A debt is any amount owed to the debtor including

 

 principal, interest, penalties, administrative costs, and fines,

 

 to the extent they are indebtedness under section 61(a)(12).  The

 

 amount of debt discharged or canceled may be all or only part of

 

 the total amount owed.  See the 1994 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.

 

 

 Note 3:  Amount Code 7 will be used only if a combination of

 

 Forms 1099-A and 1099-C is being filed.  See the 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further

 

 information on reporting the fair market value of property under

 

 Coordination with Form 1099-A.

 

 

      RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 1099-DIV -                     1099-DIV:

 

 Dividends and                  Amount

 

 Distributions                  Code     Amount Type

 

 

                                  1      Gross dividends and other

 

                                         distributions on stock

 

                                         (see Note)

 

                                  2      Ordinary dividends (see

 

                                         Note)

 

                                  3      Capital gain

 

                                         distributions  (see Note)

 

                                  4      Nontaxable distributions

 

                                         (if determinable) (see

 

                                         Note)

 

                                  5      Investment expenses (see

 

                                         Note)

 

                                  6      Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding)

 

                                  7      Foreign tax paid

 

                                  8      Cash liquidation

 

                                         distributions

 

                                  9      Noncash liquidation

 

                                         distributions (show fair

 

                                         market value)

 

 

 Note:  Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using

 

 Amount Codes 8 or 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts

 

 reported for Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5.  If an amount is present

 

 for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount

 

 Codes 2-5 as applicable.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-G -                  1099-G:

 

 Certain Government             Amount

 

 Payments                       Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                  1     Unemployment compensation

 

                                  2     State or local income tax

 

                                        refunds, credits or

 

                                        offsets

 

                                  4     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

                                  6     Taxable grants

 

                                  7     Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-INT -                1099-INT:

 

 Interest Income                Amount

 

                                Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                  1     Interest income not

 

                                        included in Amount Code 3

 

                                  2     Early withdrawal penalty

 

                                  3     Interest on U.S. Savings

 

                                        Bonds and Treasury

 

                                        obligations

 

                                  4     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

                                  5     Foreign tax paid

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-MISC -               1099-MISC:

 

 Miscellaneous                  Amount

 

 Income                         Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                  1     Rents (see Note 1)

 

                                  2     Royalties (see Note 2)

 

                                  3     Other income

 

                                  4     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding and

 

                                        withholding

 

                                        on payments of Indian

 

                                        gaming profits)

 

                                  5     Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                  6     Medical and health care

 

                                        payments

 

                                  7     Nonemployed compensation

 

                                        or crop insurance proceeds

 

                                        (see Note 3)

 

                                  8     Substitute payments in

 

                                        lieu of dividends or

 

                                        interest

 

                                  9     Excess golden parachute

 

                                        payments

 

 

                                  (FILERS SEE NOTE 4)

 

 

 Note 1:  If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type

 

 of Return Code A for 1099-MISC in position 23 and Amount Code 1

 

 in position 24 of the Payer "A" Record.  All Payment Amount

 

 Fields in the Payee "B" Record will contain zeros.

 

 

 Note 2:  Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 Note 3:  Amount Code 7 is normally used to report nonemployed

 

 compensation.  However, Amount Code 7 may also be used to report

 

 crop insurance proceeds.  See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record for instructions.  If nonemployed compensation and crop

 

 insurance proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate

 

 "B" Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note 4:  For the convenience of the payer, the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record may be used to report state

 

 and local income tax withheld.  This information does not need to

 

 be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-OID -                1099-OID:

 

 Original Issue                 Amount

 

 Discount                       Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                  1     Original issue

 

                                        discount for 1995

 

                                  2     Other periodic interest

 

                                  3     Early withdrawal penalty

 

                                  4     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (backup

 

                                        withholding)

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-PATR -               1099-PATR:

 

 Taxable                        Amount

 

 Distributions                  Code    Amount Type

 

 Received From

 

 Cooperatives                     1     Patronage dividends

 

                                  2     Nonpatronage distributions

 

                                  3     Per-unit retain

 

                                        allocations

 

                                  4     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld

 

                                        (backup withholding)

 

                                  5     Redemption of nonqualified

 

                                        notices and retain

 

                                        allocations

 

                                        Pass-Through Credits (see

 

                                        Note)

 

                                  6     For filer's use

 

                                  7     Energy investment credit

 

                                  8     Jobs credit (see Note)

 

                                  9     Patron's Alternative

 

                                        Minimum Tax Adjustment

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes

 

 Form 1099-PATR (Cont'd)

 

 

 Note:  Amount Codes 6, 7, 8 and 9 are reserved for the patron's

 

 share of unused credits that the cooperative is passing through

 

 to the patron.  Other credits, such as the Indian employment

 

 credit may be reported in Amount Code 6.  The title of the credit

 

 reported in Amount Code 6 should be reported in the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record.   The amounts shown for

 

 Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 must reported to the payee.  These

 

 Amount Codes for Pass-Through Credits and the Special Data

 

 Entries Field are for the Convenience of the filer.  This

 

 information is not needed by IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-R -                  1099-R:

 

 Distributions                  Amount

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,      Code    Amount Type

 

 Retirement or Profit-

 

 Sharing Plans, IRAs,             1     Gross distribution (see

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.              Note 2)

 

 (See Note 1)                     2     Taxable amount (see

 

                                        Note 3) or IRA/SEP

 

                                        distributions

 

                                  3     Capital gain (included in

 

                                        Amount Code 2).

 

                                  4     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                  5     Employee contributions or

 

                                        insurance premiums

 

                                  6     Net unrealized

 

                                        appreciation in employer's

 

                                        securities

 

                                  8     Other

 

                                  9     Total employee

 

                                        contributions (see Note 5)

 

 

 Note 1:  Additional information may be required in the "B"

 

 Record.  Refer to positions 45 through 49, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note 2:  If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" (one) in position 48, Sector 1, of the

 

 "B" Record.  An amount must be shown in Amount Field 1.

 

 

 Note 3:  If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative

 

 amount.  For example, if stock is distributed but the value is

 

 less then the employee's after-tax contributions, enter the value

 

 of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter "0" (zero) in Amount Code 2,

 

 and enter the employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

     If the taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" (one)

 

 in position 49 of the "B" Record.  If reporting an IRA/SEP

 

 distribution, generally include the amount of the distribution in

 

 the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount Field 2, position 62-71) and

 

 enter a "1" (one) in the IRA/SEP Indicator Field, (position 45).

 

 A "1" (one) may be entered in the Taxable Amount Not Determined

 

 Indicator Field (position 49) Sector 1 of the "B" Record, but the

 

 amount of the distribution must still be reported in Payment

 

 Amount Fields 1 and 2.  See the explanation for Box 2a of Form

 

 1099-R in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for more information on reporting the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note 4:  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498,

 

 and W-2G" for further information concerning federal income tax

 

 withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 Note 5:  Amount Code 9 was previously used to report 'State

 

 income tax withheld."  For the convenience of the payer, state

 

 and local income tax withheld may be reported in the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record.  This information does not

 

 need to be reported to IRS.

 

 _______________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-S -                  1099-S:

 

 Proceeds from                  Amount

 

 Real Estate                    Code    Amount Type

 

 Transactions

 

                                  2     Gross proceeds (see Note)

 

                                  5     Buyer's part of real

 

                                        estate tax

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  Include payments of timber royalties made under a "pay-as-

 

 cut" contract reportable under section 6050N.  If timber

 

 royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the description

 

 field of the "B" Record.  For more information, see Ann. 90-129,

 

 1990-48, I.R.B. 10.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 5498 -                    5498:

 

 Individual                     Amount

 

 Retirement                     Code    Amount Type

 

 Arrangement

 

 Information                      1     Regular IRA contributions

 

 (See Note)                             made in 1995 and 1996 for

 

                                        1995

 

                                  2     Rollover IRA contributions

 

                                  3     Life insurance cost

 

                                        included in Amount Code 1

 

                                  4     Fair market value of the

 

                                        account

 

 

 Note:  For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G Rev.

 

 Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632.  Beneficiary information must be

 

 given in the Payee Name Line Field of the "B" Record.

 

 

      If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Storm/Shield

 

 participant for other than 1995, enter "DS", the year for which

 

 the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in

 

 the Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record.  Do not enter

 

 the contributions in Amount Code 1.

 

 

      For information concerning Desert Storm/Shield participant

 

 reporting, refer to the 1994 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G", and Notice 91-17, 1991-1 C.B. 319.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                   For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form W-2G -                    W-2G:

 

 Certain Gambling               Amount

 

 Winnings                       Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                  1     Gross winnings

 

                                  2     Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld

 

                                  3     State income tax

 

                                        withheld (see Note)

 

                                  7     Winnings from

 

                                        identical wagers

 

 

 Note:  State income tax withheld is added for the convenience of

 

 the payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 33       Test             1    Required.  Enter "T" if this is a

 

          Indicator             test file, otherwise, enter a

 

                                blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 34       Service          1    Enter "1" (one) if the payer used

 

          Bureau                a service bureau to develop and/or

 

          Indicator             transmit files, otherwise,

 

                                enter blank.  See Part A, Sec. 17

 

                                for the definition of a service

 

                                bureau.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 35-44    Blank           10    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 45-49    Transmitter      5    Required.  Enter the five

 

          Control Code          character alpha/numeric

 

          (TCC)                 Transmitter Control Code assigned

 

                                by IRS/MCC.  A TCC must be

 

                                obtained to file data on this

 

                                program.  Do not enter more than

 

                                one TCC per file.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 50       Foreign          1    Enter a "1" (one) if the payer is

 

          Entity                a foreign entity and income is

 

          Indicator             paid by the entity to a U.S.

 

                                resident.  If the payer is not a

 

                                foreign entity, enter a blank.

 

                                (See Note)

 

 

 Note:  If a payer erroneously reports entities as foreign, they

 

 maybe subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information

 

 to IRS.  Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those

 

 records as foreign corporations that should be coded.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 51-90    First           40    Required.  Enter the name of the

 

          Payer Name            payer whose TIN appears in

 

          Line                  Sector 1, position 8-16 of the "A"

 

                                Record.  Any extraneous

 

                                information must be deleted.  Left

 

                                justify and fill with blanks.

 

                                (Filers should not enter a

 

                                transfer agent's name in this

 

                                field.  Any transfer agent's name

 

                                should appear in the Second Payer

 

                                Name Line Field.)

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the

 

 interest/the filer of Form 1098 (the payer).  The "B" Record will

 

 reflect the individual paying the interest (the payer of record)

 

 and the amount paid.  For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will

 

 reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the

 

 filer of Form 1099-S) and the "B" Record will reflect the

 

 seller/transferor.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 91-128   Blank           38    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42     Second          40    If the Transfer Agent Indicator

 

          Payer Name            (Sector 2, position 43) contains a

 

          Line                  number "1" (one), this field must

 

                                contain the name of the transfer

 

                                (or paying) agent.  If the

 

                                indicator contains a "0" (zero),

 

                                this field may contain either a

 

                                continuation of the First Payer

 

                                Name Line or blanks.  Left justify

 

                                information and fill unused

 

                                positions with blanks.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43       Transfer         1    Required.  Identifies the entity

 

          Agent                 in the Second Payer Name Line

 

          Indicator             Field.  (See Part A, Sec. 17 for a

 

                                definition of transfer (or paying)

 

                                agent.)

 

 

                                Code      Meaning

 

 

                                1         The entity in the Second

 

 

                                          Payer Name Line Field is

 

                                          the transfer (or paying)

 

                                          agent.

 

                                0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                          not the transfer (or

 

                                          paying)agent

 

                                          (i.e., the Second Payer

 

                                          Name Line Field contains

 

                                          either a continuation of

 

                                          the First Payer Name

 

                                          Line Field or blanks).

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 44-83    Payer           40    Required.  If the Transfer Agent

 

          Shipping              Indicator in Sector 2, position 43

 

          Address               is a "1" (one), enter the shipping

 

                                address of the transfer agent.

 

                                Otherwise, enter the actual

 

                                shipping address of the payer.

 

                                Street address should include

 

                                number, street, apartment or suite

 

                                number (or P. O. Box if mail is

 

                                not delivered to street address).

 

                                Left justify information and fill

 

                                unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 84-123   Payer City,     40    Required.  If the Transfer Agent

 

          State, and            Indicator in Sector 2, position 43

 

          ZIP Code              is a "1" (one), enter the city,

 

                                town, or post office, state

 

                                abbreviation and ZIP Code of the

 

                                transfer (or paying) agent,

 

                                otherwise, enter the actual city,

 

                                town, or post office, state

 

                                abbreviation and ZIP Code of the

 

                                payer.  Left justify information

 

                                and fill unused positions with

 

                                blanks.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 124-128  Blank            5    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3  Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

           transmitter are not the same.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "3" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-82     Transmitter     80    Required if the payer and

 

          Name                  transmitter are not the same.

 

                                Enter the name of the transmitter

 

                                in the manner in which it is used

 

                                in normal business.  The name of

 

                                the transmitter must be reported

 

                                in the same manner throughout the

 

                                entire file.  Left justify

 

                                information and fill unused

 

                                positions with blanks.  If the

 

                                payer and transmitter are the

 

                                same, this field may be blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-122   Transmitter     40    Required if payer and

 

          Mailing               transmitter are not the same.

 

          Address               Enter the mailing address of

 

                                transmitter.  Street address

 

                                should include number, street,

 

                                apartment or suite number (or P.O.

 

                                Box if mail is not delivered to

 

                                street address).  Left justify

 

                                information and fill unused

 

                                positions with blanks.  If the

 

                                payer and transmitter are the

 

                                same, this  field may be blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 123-128  Blank            6    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4  Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

           transmitter are not the same.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42     Transmitter     40    Required if the payer and

 

          City, State           transmitter are not the same.

 

          and ZIP Code          Enter the city, town, or post

 

                                office, state abbreviation and ZIP

 

                                Code of the  transmitter.  Left

 

                                justify information and fill

 

                                unused positions with blanks.  If

 

                                the payer and transmitter are the

 

                                same, this field may be blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-128   Blank           86    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

 Sector 1

 

  _____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :          :         :          :

 

 :          :        :         : DISKETTE : PAYER'S :  PAYER   :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : PAYMENT : SEQUENCE :  TIN    :  NAME    :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  YEAR   :  NUMBER  :         : CONTROL* :

 

 :__________:________:_________:__________:_________:__________:

 

       1         2       3-4        5-7       8-16     17-20

 

 

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :           :               :         :            :           :

 

 :  LAST     :   COMBINED    : TYPE OF :   AMOUNT   :   TEST    :

 

 : FILING    : FEDERAL/STATE : RETURN  :    CODES   : INDICATOR :

 

 :INDICATOR  :     PAYER     :         :            :           :

 

 :___________:_______________:_________:____________:___________:

 

       21           22           23        24 - 32       33

 

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :           :       :             :             :       :       :

 

 : SERVICE   :       : TRANSMITTER :   FOREIGN   : FIRST : BLANK :

 

 : BUREAU    : BLANK :   CONTROL   :    ENTITY   : PAYER :       :

 

 : INDICATOR :       :    CODE     :  INDICATOR  : NAME* :       :

 

 :           :       :             :             : LINE  :       :

 

 :___________:_______:_____________:_____________:_______:_______:

 

      34       35-44       45-49          50       51-90   91-128

 

 

          PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT - Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :         :       :       :          :         :        :       :

 

 :         :       : SECOND: TRANSFER :  PAYER  :  PAYER :       :

 

 :  RECORD : RECORD: PAYER :  AGENT   : SHIPPING:  CITY  : BLANK :

 

 : SEQUENCE:  TYPE : NAME* : INDICATOR: ADDRESS :  STATE :       :

 

 :         :       : LINE  :          :         : AND ZIP:       :

 

 :_________:_______:_______:__________:_________:________:_______:

 

      1        2      3-42      43       44-83    84-123  124-128

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

  ____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :             :                :         :

 

 :          :        :             :  TRANSMITTER   :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : TRANSMITTER :    MAILING     :  BLANK  :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :    NAME     :    ADDRESS     :         :

 

 :__________:________:_____________:________________:_________:

 

      1         2        3 - 82         83 - 122      123-128

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

  _____________________________________________

 

 :          :        :               :         :

 

 :          :        :  TRANSMITTER  :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  CITY, STATE  :  BLANK  :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  AND ZIP CODE :         :

 

 :__________:________:_______________:_________:

 

      1         2         3 - 42       43-128

 

 

* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction, (the filer of the 1099-S) and the B Record will reflect the seller/ transferor.

SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 The "B" Record contains the payment information from individual returns. This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on single sided/single density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following:

(a) Sec. 6, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(b) Sec. 7, PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099- C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C

(f) Sec. 11, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(g) Sec. 12, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S.

(h) Sec. 13, PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

All "B" Records must consist of at least 3 sectors of 128 positions each. If a payer is not a Combined Federal/State payer or utilizing the Special Data Entries Field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.

The "B" Record will always consist of 4 Sectors for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, allow for all nine Payment Amount Fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros. For example, if a payer is reporting on Form 1099-MISC, enter a "A" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return Field. If a payer is reporting payments for Amount Codes 1, 2, 4, and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "1247bbbbb". (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'). In the "B" Record:

          Positions 52-61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount

 

             1 will be Rents.

 

          Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount Code

 

             2 represent Royalties.

 

          Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will

 

             be "0's" (zeros).

 

          Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will represent Federal

 

             income tax withheld.

 

          Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and

 

             6 will be zeros.

 

          Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 7

 

             will represent Nonemployed compensation.

 

          Positions 3-22 of Sector 2 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9

 

             will be "0's" (zeros).

 

 

.02 The record layout for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 is the same for all "B" records. Sector 4, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part E, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, respectively for the layout of Sector 4 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filers.

.04 If filers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank. Compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control:

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line.

.05 See Part A, Sec. 14 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the personal use of the payer. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries Field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's option to use the Special Data Entries Field. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.07 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program must adhere to all specifications in Part A, Sec. 16, in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000 in the payment amount field.

.10 IRS strongly encourages transmitters to review the data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Transmitters should be especially careful that the names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.

.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest/the filer of the Form 1098 (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction (the filer of the Form 1099-S) and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-D, 1099-S, and W-2G, see Part D, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12, respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 4 of these records.

Note: For all fields marked required, the transmitter must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked Required, the transmitter must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "1" (one) to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-4      Payment Year     2    Required.  Enter "95" (unless

 

                                reporting for a prior year)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 5-6      Document         2    Required for Forms 1099-G,

 

          Specific/             1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.  For

 

          Distribution          all other forms or if not used,

 

          Code                  enter blanks.

 

 

          Tax Year of           For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

          Refund                reporting the tax year for

 

          (Form 1099-G          which the refund, credit or

 

          only)                 offset (Amount Code 2)was issued.

 

                                Enter in position 5; position 6

 

                                must be blank.

 

 

                                If the refund, credit or offset is

 

                                not attributable to income tax

 

                                from a trade or business, enter

 

                                the numeric year from the table

 

                                below for which the refund, credit

 

                                or offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                1994, enter 4).

 

 

                                If the refund, credit, or offset

 

                                is exclusively attributable to

 

                                income from a trade or business,

 

                                and is not of general application,

 

                                enter the alpha equivalent of the

 

                                year from the table below (e.g.,

 

                                for 1994, enter D).

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

     Form 1099-G                                   Year for Which

 

     (cont.)                                       Trade/Business

 

                                                     Refund Was

 

                                Year for Which         Issued

 

                                    General            (Alpha

 

                                Refund was Issued    Equivalent)

 

                                        1                 A

 

                                        2                 B

 

                                        3                 C

 

                                        4                 D

 

                                        5                 E

 

                                        6                 F

 

                                        7                 G

 

                                        8                 H

 

                                        9                 I

 

                                        0                 J

 

 

     Crop Insurance             For Form 1099-MISC, enter a "1"

 

     Proceeds                   (one) in position 5 if the payment

 

     (Form 1099-MISC            reported for Amount Code 7 is crop

 

     only)                      insurance proceeds.  Position 6

 

                                will be blank.

 

 

      Distribution              For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

      Code                      appropriate distribution code(s).

 

      (Form 1099-R only)        More than one code may apply for

 

      (For a detailed           Form 1099-R.  If only one

 

      explanation of the        code is required, it must be entered

 

      of the distribution       in position 5 and position 6 must be

 

      codes,see the 1995        blank.  Enter at least one (1)

 

      "Instructions for         distribution code.  A blank in

 

      Forms 1099, 1098,         position 5 is not acceptable.

 

      5498, and W-2G".)

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Distribution

 

      Code (Form 1099-R)

 

      (Cont'd)                  Enter the applicable code from the

 

                                table that follows.  Position 5

 

                                must contain a numeric code in all

 

                                cases except when using P, D, E,

 

                                F, G, or H.  Distribution Code A,

 

                                B, or C, when applicable, must be

 

                                entered in position 6 with the

 

                                applicable numeric code in

 

                                position 5.

 

 

                                When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                distribution under Section

 

                                408(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue

 

                                Code, the filer may also enter

 

                                Code 1 if applicable.

 

 

                                Only two numeric combinations are

 

                                acceptable, codes 8 and 1, and

 

                                codes 8 and 2, on one return.

 

                                These two combinations can be used

 

                                only if both codes apply to the

 

                                distribution being reported.  If

 

                                more than one numeric code is

 

                                applicable to different parts of a

 

                                distribution, report two separate

 

                                "B" Records.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                Distribution Codes E, F, and H

 

                                cannot be used in conjunction with

 

                                other codes.  Distribution Code G

 

                                may be used in conjunction with

 

                                Distribution Code 4 only, if

 

                                applicable.

 

                                 Category                     Code

 

                                 Early (premature)             1*

 

                                   distribution, no

 

                                   known exception

 

                                 Early (premature)             2*

 

                                   distribution, exception

 

                                   applies (as defined in

 

                                   section 72(q), (t), or

 

                                   (v) of the Internal

 

                                   Revenue Code) other than

 

                                   disability or death

 

                                 Disability                    3*

 

                                 Death (includes payments      4*

 

                                   to an estate or other

 

                                   beneficiary)

 

                                 Prohibited transaction        5*

 

                                 Section 1035 exchange         6

 

                                 Normal distribution           7*

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     8*

 

                                   earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                   (and/or earnings)

 

                                   taxable in 1995

 

                                 PS 58 costs                   9

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     P*

 

                                   earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                   taxable in 1993

 

                                 May be eligible for           A

 

                                   5- or 10-year averaging

 

                                 May be eligible for death     B

 

                                   benefit exclusion

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Form 1099-R           May be eligible for both      C

 

              (Cont.)               A and B

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     D*

 

                                    earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                    taxable in 1993

 

                                 Excess annual additions       E

 

                                    under section 415

 

                                 Charitable gift annuity       F

 

                                 Direct rollover to IRA        G

 

                                 Direct rollover to qualified  H

 

                                    plan or tax-sheltered

 

                                    annuity

 

 

 *  If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution, code a "1" (one) in

 

 position 44 of the "B" Record.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

          Type of               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

          Wager (Form           applicable code in position 5.

 

          W-2G Only)            Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                Category                      Code

 

 

                                Horse race track (or            1

 

                                  off-track betting of

 

                                  a horse track nature)

 

                                Dog race track (or off-         2

 

                                  track betting of a dog

 

                                  track nature)

 

                                Jai-alai                        3

 

                                State-conducted lottery         4

 

                                Keno                            5

 

                                Bingo                           6

 

                                Slot machines                   7

 

                                Any other type of gambling      8

 

                                  winnings

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 7        2nd TIN          1    For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

          Notice                1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID, and

 

                                1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                Enter "2" to indicate notification

 

                                by IRS twice within 3 calendar

 

                                years that the payee provided an

 

                                incorrect name and/or TIN

 

                                combination, otherwise, enter a

 

                                blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8        Corrected        1    Indicate a corrected return.

 

          Return

 

          Indicator               Code        Definition

 

 

                                    G     If this is a one-

 

                                          transaction correction

 

                                          or the first of a two-

 

                                          transaction correction.

 

 

                                    C     If this is the second

 

                                          transaction of a two-

 

                                          transaction correction.

 

 

                                  Blank   If this is not a return

 

                                          being submitted to

 

                                          correct information

 

                                          already processed by

 

                                          IRS.

 

 

 Note:  C, G, and non-coded records must be reported using

 

 separate Payer "A" Records.  Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

 specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-12     Name Control     4    If determinable, enter the first

 

                                four (4) characters of the surname

 

                                of the person whose TIN is being

 

                                reported in positions 16-24 of the

 

                                "B" Record, otherwise, enter

 

                                blanks.  This is usually the

 

                                payee.  If the name that

 

                                corresponds to the TIN is not

 

                                included in the first or second

 

                                payee name line and the correct

 

                                name control is not provided, a

 

                                backup withholding notice may be

 

                                generated for the record.

 

                                Surnames of less than four (4)

 

                                characters should be left-

 

                                justified, filling the unused

 

                                positions with blanks.  Special

 

                                characters and imbedded blanks

 

                                should be removed.  In the case of

 

                                a business, other than a sole

 

                                proprietorship, use the first four

 

                                significant characters of the

 

                                business name.  Disregard the word

 

                                "the" when it is the first word of

 

                                the name, unless there are only

 

                                two words in the name.  A dash (-)

 

                                and ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                acceptable special characters.

 

                                Surname prefixes are considered

 

                                part of the surname, e.g., for Van

 

                                Elm, the name control would be

 

                                VANE.

 

 

 Note:  Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters

 

 are allowed (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the

 

 name control:

 

 

                       Name                   Name Control

 

 Individuals:

 

                    Jane Brown                    BROW

 

                    John A. Lee                   LEE*

 

                    James P. En, Sr.              EN*

 

                    John O'Neill                  ONEI

 

                    Mary Van Buren                VANB

 

                    Juan De Jesus                 DEJE

 

                    Gloria A. El-Roy              EL-R

 

                    Mr. John Smith                SMIT

 

                    Joe McCarthy                  MCCA

 

                    Pedro Torres-Lopes            TORR

 

                    Maria Lopez Moreno**          LOPE

 

                    Binh To La                    LA*

 

                    Nhat Thi Pham                 PHAM

 

                    Mark D'Allesandro             DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

                    The First National Bank       FIRS

 

                    The Hideaway                  THEH

 

                    A & B Cafe                    A&BC

 

                    11TH Street Inc.              11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

                    Mark Hemlock DBA

 

                      c/o The Sunshine Club       HEML

 

 

 Partnership:

 

                    Robert Aspen and Bess Willow  ASPE

 

                    Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and

 

                      Joyce Spruce et al Ptr      FIR*

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                       Name                   Name Control

 

 Estate:

 

                    Frank White Estate            WHIT

 

                    Sheila Blue Estate            BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

                    Daisy Corporation Employee

 

                      Benefit Trust               DAIS

 

                    Trust FBO The Cherryblossom

 

                      Society                     CHER

 

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

                    Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO      LABO

 

                    St. Bernard's Methodist

 

                      Church Bldg. Fund           STBE

 

 

 *   Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters

 

     must be left-justified and blank filled.

 

 **  For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

     individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 13    Direct Sales        1    1099-MISC only.  Enter a "1" (one)

 

       Indicator                to indicate sales of $5,000 or

 

                                more of consumer products to a

 

                                person on a buy/sell,

 

                                deposit/commission, or any other

 

                                commission basis for resale

 

                                anywhere other than in a permanent

 

                                retail establishment,  otherwise,

 

                                enter a blank.

 

 

 Note:  If reporting Direct Sales only, use Type of Return A in

 

 position 23 and, Amount Code 1 in position 24 of the Payer "A"

 

 Record.  All payment amount fields in the Payee "B" record will

 

 contain zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 14     Blank              1    Enter blank

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 15     Type of            1    This field is used to identify

 

        TIN                     the Taxpayer Identification Number

 

                                (TIN) in positions 16-24 as either

 

                                an Employer Identification Number

 

                                (EIN) or a Social Security Number

 

                                (SSN).  * Enter the appropriate

 

                                code from the following table:

 

 

                                Type of            Type of

 

                                 TIN       TIN     Account

 

                                  1        EIN     A business,

 

                                                   organization,

 

                                                   or other

 

                                                   entity

 

 

                                  2        SSN     An individual

 

 

                                blank      N/A     If the type of

 

                                                   TIN is not

 

                                                   determinable,

 

                                                   enter a blank.

 

 

 *  While this is not a "Required" field, this information is

 

 important for the correct processing of the payee's TIN.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 16-24  Taxpayer           9    Required.  Enter the nine

 

        Identification          digit Taxpayer Identification

 

        Number                  Number of the payee (SSN or EIN).

 

                                If an identification number has

 

                                been applied for but not received,

 

                                enter blanks.  Do not enter

 

                                hyphens or alpha characters.  All

 

                                zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have

 

                                the effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                If the TIN is not available, enter

 

                                blanks. (See Note)

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with

 

 missing TINs in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices.  Payers

 

 who submit data with missing TINs and have taken the required

 

 steps to obtain this information, are encouraged to attach a

 

 letter of explanation to the required Form 4804.  This will

 

 prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC.  This letter, however,

 

 will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or CP2100A

 

 Notices) or penalties (refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G", Penalty Section) for missing or

 

 incorrect TINS.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 25-44    Payer's         20    Enter any number assigned by the

 

          Account               payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

          Number for            checking or savings account

 

          Payee                 number).  Filers are encouraged to

 

                                use this field.  This number helps

 

                                to distinguish individual payee

 

                                records and should be unique for

 

                                each account.  Do not use the

 

                                payee's TIN since this will not

 

                                make each record unique.  This

 

                                information is particularly useful

 

                                when corrections are filed.  This

 

                                number will be provided with the

 

                                backup withholding notification

 

                                (CP2100 or CP2100A) from the IRS

 

                                and may be helpful in identifying

 

                                the branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                the transaction.  Do not define

 

                                data in this field in packed

 

                                decimal format.  If fewer than

 

                                twenty characters are used, filers

 

                                may either left or right justify,

 

                                filling the remaining positions

 

                                with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 45       IRA/SEP          1    Form 1099-R only.  Enter "1" (one)

 

         Indicator              if reporting a distribution from

 

          (See Note)            an IRA or SEP; otherwise, enter a

 

                                blank.

 

 

 Note:  Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA

 

 or SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (Taxable Amount), as well as

 

 Payment Amount Field 1 (Gross Distribution) of the "B" Record.  A

 

 payer may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by using

 

 the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49) of the

 

 "B" Record.  However, still report the amount distributed in

 

 Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2.  Refer to the 1995 "Instruction

 

 for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2-G"for exceptions.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 46-47    Percentage       2    Form 1099-R only.  Use this field

 

          of Total              when reporting a total

 

          Distribution          distribution to more than one

 

                                person, such as when a participant

 

                                dies and a payer distributes to

 

                                two or more beneficiaries.

 

                                Therefore, if the percentage is

 

                                100, leave this field blank.  If

 

                                the percentage is a fraction,

 

                                round off to the nearest whole

 

                                number (for example, 10.4 percent

 

                                will be 10 percent; 10.5 percent

 

                                or more will be 11 percent).

 

                                Enter the percentage received by

 

                                the person whose TIN is included

 

                                in positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                Record.  This field must be right-

 

                                justified, and unused positions

 

                                must be zero filled.  If not

 

                                applicable, enter blanks.  A payer

 

                                need not enter this information

 

                                for IRA or SEP distributions or

 

                                for direct rollovers.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 48       Total            1    Form 1099-R only.  Enter a "1"

 

          Distribution          (one) only if the payment shown

 

          Indicator             for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                distribution that closed out the

 

                                account; otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 

 Note:  A total distribution is one or more distributions within

 

 one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is

 

 distributed.  Any distribution that does not meet this definition

 

 is not a total distribution.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 49     Taxable            1    Form 1099-R only.  Enter a "1"

 

        Amount Not              (one) only if the taxable amount

 

        Determined              of the payment entered for Payment

 

        Indicator               Amount Field 1 (Gross

 

                                Distribution) of the "B" Record,

 

                                cannot be computed, otherwise,

 

                                enter blank.  If the Taxable

 

                                Amount Not Determined Indicator is

 

                                used, enter "0" (zeros) in Payment

 

                                Amount Field 2 of the Payee "B"

 

                                Record unless the IRA/SEP

 

                                Indicator is present.(See NOTE)

 

                                Please make every effort to

 

                                compute the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note:  If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, the

 

 Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator may be used; but, it is

 

 not required.  If the IRA/SEP Indicator is present, the amount of

 

 the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Fields 1

 

 and 2.  Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G" for more information.

 

 

       Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all

 

 payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically.  However,

 

 when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer

 

 may be instructed to leave a box blank.  Follow the guidelines

 

 provided in the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 50-51    Blank            2    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

         Payment                Required.  Filers must allow for

 

         Amount Fields          all payment amounts.  For those

 

         (Must be numeric)      not used, filers must enter zeros.

 

                                For example:  If position 23, Type

 

                                of Return, of the "A" Record is

 

                                "A" for 1099-MISC and positions

 

                                24-32, Amount Codes, are

 

                                "1247bbbbb".  (In this example,

 

                                "b" denotes blanks in the desig-

 

                                nated positions.  Do not enter the

 

                                letter "b".  This indicates the

 

                                payer is reporting any or all four

 

                                payment amounts (1247) in all of

 

                                the following "B" Records.  Payment

 

                                Amount 1 will represent Rents.

 

                                Payment Amount 2 will represent

 

                                Royalties.  Payment Amount 3 will

 

                                be all "0's" (zeros).  Payment

 

                                Amount 4 will represent Federal

 

                                income tax withheld.  Payment

 

                                Amounts 5 and 6 will be all "0's"

 

                                (zeros).  Payments Amount 7 will

 

                                represent Nonemployee compensation.

 

                                Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be all

 

                                "0's" (zeros).  Each payment field

 

                                must contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                (see Note).  Each payment amount

 

                                must be entered in U.S. dollars and

 

                                cents.  The right-most two positions

 

                                represent cents in the payment

 

                                amount fields.  Do not enter dollar

 

                                signs, commas, decimal points, or

 

                                negative payments, except those items

 

                                that reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.

 

                                Positive and negative amounts are

 

                                indicated by placing a "+" (plus

 

                                sign) or "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                left-most position of the payment

 

                                amount field.

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Payment Amount                 A negative overpunch in the units

 

 Fields (Cont'd)                position may be used, instead of a

 

                                minus sign, to indicate a negative

 

                                amount.  If a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                negative overpunch is not used, the

 

                                number is assumed to be positive.

 

 

                                Negative overpunch cannot be used

 

                                in PC created files.  Payment amount

 

                                must be right-justified and unused

 

                                positions must be zero filled.  Federal

 

                                income tax withheld cannot be reported

 

                                as a negative amount on any form.

 

 

 Note:  If a payer is reporting a money amount in excess of

 

        9999999999 (dollars and cents), it must be reported as follows:

 

 

            (1)  The first "B" Record MUST contain 9999999999.

 

 

            (2)  The second "B" record will contain the remaining

 

                 money amount.

 

 

            DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN HALF.

 

 ______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 52-61    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 1*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 1 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 62-71    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 2*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 2 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-81    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 3*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 3 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 82-91    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 4*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 4 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 

 92-101   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 5*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 5 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 102-111  Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 6*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 6 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 112-121  Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 7*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 7 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 122-128  Blank            7    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-12     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 8*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 8 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 13-22    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

          Amount 9*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                Code 9 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

   *  If there are discrepancies between these payment amount

 

      fields and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in

 

      this revenue procedure govern.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 23-42    Blank           20    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43       Foreign          1    If the address of the payee is in

 

          Country               a foreign country, enter a "1"

 

          Indicator             (one) in this field, otherwise,

 

                                enter blank.  When using this

 

                                indicator, payers may use a free

 

                                format for the payee city, state

 

                                and ZIP Code.  Address information

 

                                must not appear in the First or

 

                                Second Payee Name Line.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 44-83    First Payee     40    Required.  Enter the name of the

 

          Name Line             payee (preferably surname first)

 

                                whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                                Number (TIN) was provided in

 

                                Sector 1, positions 16-24 of the

 

                                "B" Record.  Left justify and

 

                                fill unused positions with

 

                                blanks.  If more space is

 

                                required for the name, utilize

 

                                the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                Field.  If there are multiple

 

                                payees, only the name of the

 

                                payee whose TIN has been

 

                                provided should be entered in

 

                                this field.  The names of the

 

                                other payees may be entered

 

                                in the Second Payee Name

 

                                Line Field.  If reporting

 

                                information for a sole

 

                                proprietor, the individual's

 

                                name must always be present,

 

                                preferably on the First Payee

 

                                Name Line.  The use of the

 

                                business name is optional in

 

                                the Second Payee Name Line.

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the payer).  The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying

 

 the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

 

 For Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/

 

 transferor information.

 

 

        For Form 5498, "Inherited IRAs," enter the beneficiary's

 

 name followed by the word "beneficiary."  For example, "Brian

 

 Young as beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that

 

 signifies that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith.  Filers may

 

 abbreviate the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef".

 

 Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G".  The beneficiary's TIN should be reported in Sector 1,

 

 position 16-24 of the "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 84-123   Second Payee    40    If there are multiple payees,

 

          Name Line             (e.g., partners, joint owners, or

 

                                spouses) use this field for those

 

                                names not associated with the TIN

 

                                provided in Sector 1, positions

 

                                16-24 of the "B" Record or if not

 

                                enough space was provided in the

 

                                First Payee Name Line, continue

 

                                the name in this field.  Do not

 

                                enter address information.  It

 

                                is important that payers provide

 

                                as much payee information to

 

                                IRS/MCC as possible to identify

 

                                the payee assigned the TIN.  Left

 

                                justify and fill unused positions

 

                                with blanks.  Fill with blanks if

 

                                no entries are present for this

 

                                field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 124-128  Blank            5    Enter blanks

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "3" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42     Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

          Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                include number, street, apartment

 

                                or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                mail is not delivered to street

 

                                address).  Left justify

 

                                information and fill unused

 

                                positions with blanks.  This field

 

                                must not contain any data other

 

                                than the payee's mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state , and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field in Sector 2,

 

 position 43 must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71    Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                or post office.  Left justify and

 

                                fill the unused positions with

 

                                blanks.  Enter APO or FPO if

 

                                applicable.  Do not enter state

 

                                and ZIP Code information in this

 

                                field.

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 3 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73    Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                Postal Service abbreviations for

 

                                states or possessions the

 

                                appropriate postal identifier (AA,

 

                                AE, or AP) described in Part A,

 

                                Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82    Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

          Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                U.S. Postal Service.  If only the

 

                                first five digits are known, left

 

                                justify and fill the unused

 

                                positions with blanks.  For

 

                                foreign countries, alpha

 

                                characters are acceptable as long

 

                                as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                Indicator Field located in

 

                                position 43 of Sector 2 of the "B"

 

                                Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-128   Blank           46    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 The following field descriptions describe the record positions

 

 for Sector 4 of the "B" Record for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G,

 

 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.  If a payer is

 

 not a Combined Federal/State Payer, or if they are not utilizing

 

 the Special Data Entries Field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for

 

 all "B" Records except Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID,

 

 1099-S, AND W-2G.  See Part E, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12  and 13 for

 

 the field descriptions for Section 4 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-69     Special Data    67    This portion of the "B" Record may

 

          Entries               be used to record information for

 

                                state or local government

 

                                reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                the state or local revenue

 

                                departments for filing

 

                                requirements.  If this field is

 

                                not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 70-71    Combined        2     If this payee record is to be

 

          Federal/State         forwarded to a state agency as

 

          Code                  part of the Combined Federal/State

 

                                Filing Program, enter the valid

 

                                state code from Part A, Sec. 16,

 

                                Table 1.  For those payers or

 

                                states not participating in this

 

                                program or for forms not valid for

 

                                state reporting, enter blanks.

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-128   Blank           57    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G.

 SECTOR 1

 

  _________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :              :            :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : PAYMENT :   DOCUMENT   :    2ND     :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  YEAR   :   SPECIFIC/  :    TIN     :

 

 :          :        :         : DISTRIBUTION :   NOTICE   :

 

 :          :        :         :     CODE     : (OPTIONAL) :

 

 :__________:________:_________:______________:____________:

 

      1         2        3-4          5-6           7

 

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :           :         :         :       :      :                :

 

 : CORRECTED :         : DIRECT  :       : TYPE :   TAXPAYER     :

 

 :  RETURN   :  NAME   : SALES   : BLANK :  OF  : IDENTIFICATION :

 

 : INDICATOR : CONTROL*:INDICATOR:       : TIN* :    NUMBER*     :

 

 :___________:_________:_________:_______:______:________________:

 

       8        9-12       13       14      15        16-24

 

 

  __________________________________________________________

 

 :                :           :              :              :

 

 :    PAYER'S     :           : PERCENTAGE   : TOTAL        :

 

 : ACCOUNT NUMBER :  IRA/SEP  :  OF TOTAL    : DISTRIBUTION :

 

 :   FOR PAYEE*   : INDICATOR : DISTRIBUTION : INDICATOR    :

 

 :________________:___________:______________:______________:

 

      25-44            45         46-47             48

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 : TAXABLE    :       :          :          :          :         :

 

 : AMT NOT    :       : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT :

 

 : DETERMINED : BLANK : AMOUNT 1 : AMOUNT 2 : AMOUNT 3 : AMOUNT 4:

 

 : INDICATOR  :       :          :          :          :         :

 

 :____________:_______:__________:__________:__________:_________:

 

      49        50-51     52-61     62-71      72-81     82-91

 

 

  ________________________________________

 

 :          :          :          :       :

 

 : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  : BLANK :

 

 : AMOUNT 5 : AMOUNT 6 : AMOUNT 7 :       :

 

 :          :          :          :       :

 

 :__________:__________:__________:_______:

 

    92-101    102-111    112-121   122-128

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS - Continued

 SECTOR 2

 

  _____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :          :          :       :           :

 

 : RECORD   : RECORD : PAYMENT  : PAYMENT  :       :  FOREIGN  :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : AMOUNT 8 : AMOUNT 9 : BLANK :  COUNTRY  :

 

 :          :        :          :          :       : INDICATOR :

 

 :__________:________:__________:__________:_______:___________:

 

      1         2       3-12       13-22     23-42      43

 

 

  _________________________________

 

 :            :            :       :

 

 :   FIRST    :   SECOND   :       :

 

 : PAYEE NAME : PAYEE NAME : BLANK :

 

 :   LINE*    :   LINE*    :       :

 

 :____________:____________:_______:

 

      44-83       84-123    124-128

 

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :   PAYEE  :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

      1        2        3-42    43-71   72-73     74-82    83-128

 

 

 SECTOR 4  (See Part D, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for the

 

 Record Layouts for Sector 4 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.)

 

 

 SECTOR 3 - Continued

 

  _________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :          :        :

 

 :          :        :         : COMBINED :        :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : SPECIAL : FEDERAL/ : BLANKS :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  DATA   :  STATE   :        :

 

 :          :        : ENTRIES :  CODE    :        :

 

 :__________:________:_________:__________:________:

 

      1          2       3-69      70-71    72-128

 

 

* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-A.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 Form 1099-A cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                       FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-23     Special Data    21    This portion of the "B" Record

 

          Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                for state or local government

 

                                reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                the state or local revenue

 

                                departments for  filing

 

                                requirements.  If this field is

 

                                not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 24-29    Date of          6    Forms 1099-A only.  Payers

 

          Lender's              should enter the acquisition date

 

          Acquisition or        of the secured property or the

 

          Knowledge of          date they first knew or had reason

 

                                to know the property was abandoned

 

                                in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,

 

                                102295).  Do not enter hyphens or

 

                                slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 30       Liability        1    1099-A only.  Enter the appropriate

 

          Indicator             indicator from the table below:

 

 

                                Indicator     Usage

 

 

                                    1         Borrower was

 

                                              personally liable

 

                                              for repayment of the

 

                                              debt.

 

                                   Blank      Borrower was not

 

                                              liable for repayment

 

                                              of the debt.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 31-69    Description     39    Form 1099-A only.  Enter a brief

 

          of Property           description of the property.  For

 

                                real property, enter the address,

 

                                or if the address does not

 

                                sufficiently identify the

 

                                property, enter the section, lot,

 

                                and block.  For personal property,

 

                                enter the type, make and model

 

                                (e.g., Car-1995 Buick Regal or

 

                                office equipment).  Enter "CCC"

 

                                for crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                Credit Corporation loans.  If

 

                                fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                required, left justify and  fill

 

                                unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 70-128   Blank           59    Enter blanks

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

SECTOR 4 - Form 1099-A

  _______________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :             :           :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : SPECIAL :   DATE OF   : LIABILITY :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   DATA  :   LENDER'S  : INDICATOR :

 

 :          :        : ENTRIES : ACQUISITION :           :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_____________:___________:

 

       1         2       3-23       24-29          30

 

  _____________________

 

 :             :       :

 

 :             :       :

 

 : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :

 

 : OF PROPERTY :       :

 

 :_____________:_______:

 

      31-69      70-128

 

 

SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-B.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2, and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 Form 1099-B cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-12     Special Data    10    This portion of the "B" Record may

 

          Entries               be used to record information for

 

                                state or local government

 

                                reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                purposes.  Payers should

 

                                contact the state or local revenue

 

                                departments for filing

 

                                requirements.  If this field is

 

                                not used, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 13       Gross            1    Form 1099-B only.  Enter the

 

          Proceeds              appropriate indicator from

 

          Indicator             the following table, otherwise,

 

                                enter blanks.

 

 

                                Indicator     Usage

 

 

                                  1           Gross proceeds

 

                                  2           Gross proceeds less

 

                                              commission and

 

                                              option premiums.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 14-19    Date of          6    Form 1099-B only.  For broker

 

          Sale                  transactions, enter the trade date

 

                                of the transaction.  For barter

 

                                exchanges, enter the date,when

 

                                cash, property, a credit, or

 

                                script is actually or

 

                                constructively received  in the

 

                                format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).

 

                                Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                aggregate transaction.  Do not

 

                                enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 20-32    CUSIP Number    13    Form 1099-B only. For broker

 

                                transactions only, enter the CUSIP

 

                                (Committee on Uniform Security

 

                                Identification Procedures) number

 

                                of the item reported for Amount

 

                                Code 2 (stocks, bonds, etc.).

 

                                Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                aggregate transaction.  Enter "0"

 

                                (zeros) if the number is not

 

                                available.  Left justify

 

                                information and fill unused

 

                                positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 33-71    Description     39    Form 1099-B only.  Enter a brief

 

                                description of the item or

 

                                services or property for which the

 

                                proceeds or bartering is being

 

                                reported.  If fewer than 39

 

                                characters are required, left

 

                                justify and fill unused positions

 

                                with blanks.  For broker

 

                                transactions, enter a brief

 

                                description of the disposition

 

                                item, (e.g., 100 shares of XYZ

 

                                Corp.).  For regulated futures and

 

                                forward contracts, enter "RFC" or

 

                                other appropriate description and

 

                                any amount subject to backup

 

                                withholding.  For bartering

 

                                transactions show the services or

 

                                property provided.

 

 

 Note:  The amount withheld in these situations is to be included

 

 in Amount Code 4.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-128   Blank           57    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

SECTOR 4 - 1099-B

  _________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :           :      :        :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : SPECIAL :   GROSS   : DATE : CUSIP  :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  DATA   :  PROCEEDS :  OF  : NUMBER :

 

 :          :        : ENTRIES : INDICATOR : SALE :        :

 

 :__________:________:_________:___________:______:________:

 

      1          2       3-12       13       14-19   20-32

 

  _____________________

 

 :             :       :

 

 : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :

 

 :_____________:_______:

 

     33-71       72-128

 

 

SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-C.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-C.

.03 Form 1099-C cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                       FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                       FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-23     Special Data    21    This portion of the "B" Record

 

          Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                for state or local government

 

                                reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                the state or local revenue

 

                                departments for filing

 

                                requirements.  If this field is

 

                                not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 24-29    Date             6    Forms 1099-C only.  Payers should

 

          Canceled              enter the date when the debt  was

 

                                canceled in the format of MMDDYY

 

                                (i.e., 102295). Do not enter

 

                                hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 30       Bankruptcy       1    1099-C only.  Enter "1" (one) to

 

          Indicator             indicate the debt was discharged

 

                                in  bankruptcy.

 

 

                                Indicator   Usage

 

 

                                1           Debt was discharged

 

                                            in bankruptcy.

 

                                Blank       Debt was not

 

                                            discharged

 

                                            in bankruptcy.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 31-69    Debt            39    Form 1099-C only.  Enter a

 

          Description           description of the origin or debt,

 

                                such as student loan, mortgage,

 

                                or credit card expenditure.  If a

 

                                combined Form 1099-C and 1099-A is

 

                                also being filed, also enter a

 

                                description of the property.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 70-128   Blank           59    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-C

SECTOR 4 - Form 1099-C

  _______________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :             :           :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : SPECIAL :    DATE     : BANKRUPTCY:

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   DATA  :  CANCELED   : INDICATOR :

 

 :          :        : ENTRIES :             :           :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_____________:___________:

 

       1         2       3-23       24-29          30

 

  _____________________

 

 :             :       :

 

 :    DEBT     :       :

 

 : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :

 

 :             :       :

 

 :_____________:_______:

 

      31-69      70-128

 

 

SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-OID.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                   FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - CONTINUED

 

                   FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-30     Special Data    28    This portion of the "B" Record may

 

          Entries               be used to record information for

 

                                state or local government

 

                                reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                the state or local revenue

 

                                departments for filing

 

                                requirements.  If this field is

 

                                not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 31-69    Description     39    Required.  Form 1099-OID only.

 

                                Enter the CUSIP number, if any.

 

                                If there is no CUSIP number, enter

 

                                the abbreviation for the stock

 

                                exchange and issuer, the coupon

 

                                rate and year of maturity (e.g.,

 

                                NYSE XYZ 12 1/2 96).  Show the

 

                                name of the issuer if other than

 

                                the payer.  If fewer than 39

 

                                characters are required, left

 

                                justify and fill unused positions

 

                                with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 70-71    Combined         2    If a payee record is to be

 

          Federal/              forwarded to a state agency as

 

          State Code            part of the Combined Federal/State

 

                                Filing Program, enter the valid

 

                                state code from Part A, Sec. 16,

 

                                Table l.  For those payers or

 

                                states not participating in this

 

                                program, or for forms not valid

 

                                for state reporting, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-128   Blank           57    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

SECTOR 4 - 1099-OID

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :             :          :       :

 

 :          :        :         :             : COMBINED :       :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : SPECIAL :             : FEDERAL/ :       :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  DATA   : DESCRIPTION :  STATE   : BLANK :

 

 :          :        : ENTRIES :             :  CODE    :       :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_____________:__________:_______:

 

       1        2       3-30       31-69         70-71    72-128

 

 

SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-S.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-S.

.03 Form 1099-S cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-25     Special Data    23    This portion of the "B" Record

 

          Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                for state or local government

 

                                reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                the state or local revenue

 

                                departments for filing

 

                                requirements.  If this field is

 

                                not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 26-31    Date of          6    Required.  Form 1099-S only.

 

          Closing               Enter the closing date in the

 

                                format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).  Do

 

                                not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 32-70    Address or      39    Required.  Form 1099-S only.

 

          Legal                 Enter the address of the property

 

          Description           transferred (including city,

 

                                state, and ZIP Code).  If the

 

                                address does not sufficiently

 

                                identify the property, also enter

 

                                a legal description, such as

 

                                section, lot, and block.   For

 

                                timber royalties, enter "Timber".

 

                                If fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                required, left justify and fill

 

                                unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 71       Property         1    Required.  Form 1099-S only.

 

          or Services           Enter "1" (one) if the transferor

 

          Received or           received or will receive property

 

          To Be Received        (other than cash and consideration

 

                                treated as cash in computing gross

 

                                proceeds) or services as part of

 

                                the consideration for the property

 

                                transferred.  Otherwise, enter a

 

                                blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-128   Blank           57    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

SECTOR 4 - 1099-S

  _____________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :         :             :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : SPECIAL : DATE OF : ADDRESS OR  :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  DATA   : CLOSING :   LEGAL     :

 

 :          :        : ENTRIES :         : DESCRIPTION :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_________:_____________:

 

       1         2       3-25      26-31      32-70

 

  _____________________

 

 :             :       :

 

 : PROPERTY OR :       :

 

 :   SERVICES  : BLANK :

 

 :   RECEIVED  :       :

 

 :_____________:_______:

 

        71       72-128

 

 

When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.

SECTION 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form W-2G.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 Form W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "4" to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-8      Date Won         6    Form W-2G only.  Enter the date of

 

                                the winning event in the format

 

                                MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).  This is

 

                                not the date the money was paid,

 

                                if paid after the date of the race

 

                                (or game).  Do not enter hyphens

 

                                or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-23     Transaction     15    Required.  Form W-2G only.

 

                                For state-conducted lotteries,

 

                                enter the ticket or other

 

                                identifying number.  For keno,

 

                                bingo, and slot machines, enter

 

                                the ticket or card number (and

 

                                color, if applicable), machine

 

                                serial number, or any other

 

                                information that will help

 

                                identify the winning transaction.

 

                                All others, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 24-28    Race             5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                enter the race (or game) relating

 

                                to the winning ticket. Otherwise,

 

                                enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 29-33    Cashier          5    Form W-2G only. If applicable,

 

                                enter the initials of the cashier

 

                                making the winning payment;

 

                                otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 34-38    Window           5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                enter the window number or

 

                                location of the person paying the

 

                                winnings; otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 39-53    First ID        15    Form W-2G only.  For other than

 

                                state lotteries, enter the first

 

                                identification number of the

 

                                person receiving the winnings;

 

                                otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 4 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 54-68    Second ID       15    Form W-2G only.  For other than

 

                                state lotteries, enter the

 

                                second identification number of

 

                                the person receiving the winnings;

 

                                otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 69-128   Blank           60    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

SECTOR 4 - W-2G

  _____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :          :             :      :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :          :             :      :         :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : DATE WON : TRANSACTION : RACE : CASHIER :

 

 :__________:________:__________:_____________:______:_________:

 

      1          2       3-8         9-23       24-28   29-33

 

 

  _________________________________

 

 :        :       :        :       :

 

 :        : FIRST : SECOND :       :

 

 : WINDOW :  ID   :   ID   : BLANK :

 

 :________:_______:________:_______:

 

    34-38   39-53    54-68   69-128

 

 

SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total Fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consists of the total number of payees and the totals of the Payment Amount Fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-116 of Sector 1 and positions 3-32 of Sector 2 would be zero filled.

.04 Payers/transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

                RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "1" (one) to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "C"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-8      Number of        6    Required.  Enter the total number

 

          Payees                of "B" Records covered by the

 

                                preceding "A" Record.  Right

 

                                justify and zero fill.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-11     Blank            3    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Required.  Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in the

 

 "B" Records into the appropriate control total fields of the "C"

 

 Record.  Control totals must be right-justified and unused

 

 control total fields zero filled.  All control total fields are

 

 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26    Control         15

 

          Total 1

 

 27-41    Control         15

 

          Total 2

 

 42-56    Control         15

 

          Total 3

 

 57-71    Control         15

 

          Total 4

 

 72-86    Control         15

 

          Total 5

 

 87-101   Control         15

 

          Total 6

 

 102-116  Control         15

 

          Total 7

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 117-128  Blank           12    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2".  Used to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "C"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-17     Control         15

 

          Total 8

 

 18-32    Control         15

 

          Total 9

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 33-128   Blank           96    Enter blanks

 

 

END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :        :       :         :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : NUMBER :       : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   OF   : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :

 

 :          :        : PAYEES :       :         :         :

 

 :__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:

 

       1         2       3-8     9-11    12-26     27-41

 

 

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :         :         :         :         :

 

 : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :         :

 

 : TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 :  BLANK  :

 

 :_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:

 

    42-56     57-71     72-86     87-101   102-116   117-128

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

  _________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :         :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : CONTROL : CONTROL :  BLANK  :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 :         :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_________:_________:

 

      1         2        3-17     18-32     33-128

 

 

SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of 2 sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total Fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use only when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the Payment Amount Fields filed for a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if a payer used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 16 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file via this program.

               RECORD NAME:  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "1" (one) to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "K"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-8      Number of        6    Required.  Enter the total number

 

          Payees                of "B" Records being coded for

 

                                this state.  Right justify and

 

                                zero fill.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-11     Blank            3    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

     Required.  Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in

 

 the "B" Records for each state being reported, into the

 

 appropriate control total fields of the appropriate "K" Record.

 

 Control totals must be right-justified and unused control total

 

 fields zero filled.  All control total fields are 15 positions in

 

 length.

 

 

 12-26    Control         15

 

          Total 1

 

 27-41    Control         15

 

          Total 2

 

 42-56    Control         15

 

          Total 3

 

 57-71    Control         15

 

          Total 4

 

 72-86    Control         15

 

          Total 5

 

 87-101   Control         15

 

          Total 6

 

 102-116  Control         15

 

          Total 7

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

          RECORD NAME:  STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 117-128  Blank           12    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2." to

 

          Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "K"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-17     Control         15

 

          Total 8

 

 18-32    Control         15

 

          Total 9

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 33-126   Blank           94    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 127-128  Combined         2    Required.  Enter the code assigned

 

          Federal/              to the state which is to receive

 

          State Code            the information.  (Refer to Part

 

                                A, Sec. 16, Table 1.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF PAYER "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :        :       :         :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : NUMBER :       : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   OF   : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :

 

 :          :        : PAYEES :       :         :         :

 

 :__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:

 

      1          2       3-8     9-11    12-26     27-41

 

 

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :         :         :         :         :

 

 : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :         :

 

 : TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 :  BLANK  :

 

 :_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:

 

    42-56     57-71     72-86     87-101   102-116   117-128

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

  ____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :         :         :          :

 

 :          :        :         :         :         : COMBINED :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : CONTROL : CONTROL :         : FEDERAL/ :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : TOTAL 8 : TOTAL 9 :  BLANK  :  STATE   :

 

 :          :        :         :         :         :  CODE    :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_________:_________:__________:

 

      1         2        3-17     18-32     33-126    127-128

 

 

SECTION 16. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 128-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

           RECORD NAME:  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1        Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "F"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

     RECORD NAME:  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-5      Number of        4    Enter the total number of

 

          "A" Records           Payer "A" Records in the entire

 

                                file (right justify and zero fill)

 

                                or enter all zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 6-30     Zero            25    Enter zeros

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 31-128   Blank           98    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  _____________________________________________

 

 :          :               :        :         :

 

 :  RECORD  :   NUMBER OF   :        :         :

 

 :   TYPE   :  "A" RECORDS  :  ZERO  :  BLANK  :

 

 :__________:_______________:________:_________:

 

      1            2-5         6-30     31-128

 

 

PART F. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a double density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 IRS will be eliminating 8-inch diskettes as a acceptable type of media in calendar year 1997 (Tax Year 1996). Filers currently reporting on 8-inch diskettes MUST make arrangements to file on 1/2-inch magnetic tape, tape cartridge (IBM 3480/3490 or AS400 compatible), 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inch diskettes or electronically.

.03 To be compatible, a double density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

          (a) 8-inches in diameter.

 

          (b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

 

          (c) Contains 77 cylinders (A cylinder refers to both

 

               of the tracks available to the read/write heads at

 

               any of the 77 locations on the double sided,

 

               double density diskette).

 

               (1) Cylinder 00 is the index cylinder. The

 

                    operating system reserves cylinder 00 for the

 

                    directory information and writes the file

 

                    name and location in the directory; data

 

                    cannot be written in cylinder 00).

 

               (2) Cylinders 1-74 are the primary data

 

                    cylinders.

 

               (3) Cylinders 75 and 76 are reserved for

 

                    alternate cylinder assignment.

 

          (d) Each track contains 26 sectors; therefore, each

 

               cylinder contains 52 sectors.

 

          (e) Each sector must contain 256 bytes.

 

          (f) Data must be recorded on both sides of the

 

               diskette.

 

     (g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft

 

           sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double

 

           density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides

 

           specifications for single density diskettes which have

 

           sectors of 128 bytes.

 

          (h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the

 

               above specifications. If using other processors,

 

               data should be recorded in the Basic Data Exchange

 

               (EBCDIC) format.

 

          (i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

 

          (j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to which

 

               type of data (double sided/double density) is on

 

               each diskette, and the entire file should consist

 

               of all double sided/double density diskettes.

 

 

.04 Exchange files are created through the Transfer command and Copyfile files are created through the Copy command. In order to do this, initialize the diskettes using the FORMAT parameter in the INIT procedure. IRS/MCC encourages filers to use blank or currently formatted diskettes when preparing files. If extraneous data follows the end of the "F" Record, the file must be returned for replacement.

.05 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing.

SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in Track 0, Sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. If a filer's system automatically creates a header label, this is not necessary. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume Indicator (position 45) in the diskette header label must contain a "C".

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :      :     :                 :     :        :     :           :

 

 : HDR1 :BLANK: DATA SET (FILE) :BLANK: SECTOR :BLANK: BEGINNING :

 

 :      :     : NAME (FOR TRANS-:     : LENGTH :     :  OF DATA  :

 

 :      :     :   MITTER'S USE) :     :        :     :           :

 

 : (a)  : (b) :       (c)       : (b) :  (d)   : (b) :    (e)    :

 

 :______:_____:_________________:_____:________:_____:___________:

 

    1-4    5          6-13       14-22   23-27    28     29-33

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :     :        :     :          :               :         :     :

 

 :BLANK: END OF :BLANK:  BYPASS  :   DATA SET    :  WRITE  :FILE :

 

 :     :  DATA  :     : DATA SET : ACCESSIBILITY : PROJECT :TYPE :

 

 : (b) :  (f)   : (b) :   (g)    :      (h)      :   (i)   : (j) :

 

 :_____:________:_____:__________:_______________:_________:_____:

 

    34    35-39    40      41           42            43      44

 

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :        :          :      :            :        :       :

 

 : MULTI- : SEQUENCE :BLANK : EXPIRATION : VERIFY : BLANK :

 

 : VOLUME :  NUMBER  :      :    DATA    :  MARK  :       :

 

 :        :          :      :   YYMMDD   :        :       :

 

 :  (k)   :  (l)     : (b)  :    (m)     :  (n)   :   (b) :

 

 :________:__________:______:____________:________:_______:

 

     45     46-47     48-66      67-72       73       74

 

 

  ________________

 

 :                :

 

 : NEXT AVAILABLE :

 

 :    DATA        :

 

 :  POSITION      :

 

 :    (o)         :

 

 :________________:

 

       75-79

 

 

      (a)  Header 1 - Positions 1 through 4; enter HDR1.

 

      (b)  Unused - Any field marked blank is unused and should

 

           contain only blanks.

 

      (c)  Data Set (File) Name - Positions 6 through 13; use this

 

           field to identify a filer's data set.  The Data Set

 

           Name must begin with an alphabetic character.  This

 

           name should be the same for every diskette in a file.

 

      (d)  Sector Length - Positions 23 through 27; enter the

 

           sector length 256 in positions 25-27 and fill positions

 

           23 and 24 with zeros.

 

      (e)  Beginning of Data - Positions 29 through 33; enter the

 

           five-digit address designated for the first record of

 

           this data set, xx0yy (xx = track number, yy = sector

 

           number).  For example, if the first record is in track

 

           01, sector 02, enter 01002.

 

      (f)  End of Data - Positions 35 through 39; enter the

 

           five-digit address of the last position of the diskette

 

           reserved for this data set.  For example, to reserve

 

           the entire diskette for a data set, enter 73026.

 

      (g)  Bypass Data Set - Position 41; this field is not

 

           accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

 

      (h)  Data Set Accessibility - Position 42; this field is not

 

           accessed by IRS; any character is acceptable.

 

      (i)  Write Protect - Position 43; this field defines the

 

           protected status of the associated data set.  P = read

 

           only; blank = read/write.  With P in this position, a

 

           filer can only select the Update (U) mode.

 

      (j)  Position 44, File Type, enter an "e" if to indicate an

 

           exchange file; otherwise, enter blank.

 

      (k)  Multi-Volume - Position 45; this field indicates that a

 

           complete data set is on a diskette.  Blank = data set

 

           complete; C = data set continued on another diskette;

 

           L = last diskette of a multi-diskette data set.

 

      (l)  Sequence Number - Position 46 and 47 - For Copyfile

 

           files only.  Sequentially  ascending numbers must be

 

           entered in every diskette header label.

 

      (m)  Expiration Date - Positions 67 through 72; may be used

 

           to contain the date that the data set expires, YYMMDD

 

           (YY = year, MM = month, DD = day).  This field is not

 

           accessed by IRS; any characters are acceptable.

 

 

      (n)  Verify Mark - Position 73; this field is used to

 

           indicate the data set was verified.  If verified enter

 

           V, if not enter a blank.

 

      (o)  Next Available Data Position - Positions 75-79.  Enter

 

           the address of the next available position after End of

 

           Data (f).  In positions 75 and 76 enter the track

 

           number, in position 77 enter a "0" (zero), and in

 

           positions 78-79 enter the sector number.

 

 

SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The Payer "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records depends on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return should be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if a payer is filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2 and 3, all three amount codes should be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record appearing must be an "A" Record. Each "A" Record will consist of at least one 256 position sector; however, if a filer is transmitting for someone other than themselves, 2 sectors are required.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette. However, each group of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record and followed by an End of Payer "C" Record. A single diskette may contain different types of returns, but the returns must not be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported.

.06 An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records, however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS/MCC will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.08 When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest referred to as the "payer" in these instructions. The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

            RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  For all fields marked Required, a transmitter must provide

 

 the information described under Description and Remarks.  For

 

 fields not marked Required, a transmitter must allow for the

 

 field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the

 

 indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

            (Continued)

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter "1" (one) to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making

 

                                 up an "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-4       Payment Year     2    Required.  Enter "95" (unless

 

                                 reporting prior year data).

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 5-7       Diskette         3    The diskette sequence number is

 

           Sequence              incremented by 1 for each

 

           Number                diskette on the file starting

 

                                 with 001.  The transmitter may

 

                                 enter blanks or zeros in this

 

                                 field.  IRS bypasses this

 

                                 information.  Indicate the proper

 

                                 sequence on the external label

 

                                 Form 5064.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8-16      Payer's          9    Required.  Must be the valid

 

           TIN                   nine-digit Taxpayer

 

                                 Identification Number assigned to

 

                                 the payer.  Do not enter blanks,

 

                                 hyphens, or alpha characters.

 

                                 All zeros, ones, twos, etc. will

 

                                 have the effect of an incorrect

 

                                 TIN.  For foreign entities not

 

                                 required to have a TIN, this

 

                                 field may be blank. However, the

 

                                 Foreign Entity Indicator,

 

                                 position 50 Sector 1, of the "A"

 

                                 Record should be set to "1"

 

                                 (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 17-20     Payer Name       4    The Payer Name Control can be

 

           Control               obtained only from the mail label

 

                                 on the Package 1099 that is

 

                                 mailed to most payers on record

 

                                 each December.  To distinguish

 

                                 between the Package 1099 and the

 

                                 Magnetic Media Reporting (MMR)

 

                                 Package, the Package 1099

 

                                 contains instructions for paper

 

                                 filing only, and the mail label

 

                                 on the package contains a four

 

                                 (4) character name control.  The

 

                                 MMR Package contains instructions

 

                                 for filing magnetically or

 

                                 electronically.  This mail label

 

                                 does not contain a name control.

 

                                 Names of less than four (4)

 

                                 characters should be left-

 

                                 justified, filling the unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  If a

 

                                 Package 1099 has not been

 

                                 received or the Payer Name

 

                                 Control is unknown, this field

 

                                 must be blank filled.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 21        Last Filing      1    Enter a "1" (one) if this is the

 

           Indicator             last year the payer will file,

 

                                 otherwise, enter blank.  Use this

 

                                 indicator if the payer will not

 

                                 be filing information returns

 

                                 under this payer name and TIN in

 

                                 the future either magnetically,

 

                                 electronically, or on paper.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 22        Combined         1    Required for the Combined

 

           Federal/State         Federal/State Filing Program.

 

           Filer                 Enter "1" (one) if participating

 

                                 in the  Combined Federal/State

 

                                 Filing Program, otherwise, enter

 

                                 blank.  Refer to Part A, Sec. 16

 

                                 for further information.  Forms

 

                                 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

                                 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed

 

                                 under this program.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 23        Type of          1    Required.  Enter appropriate

 

           Return                code from table below:

 

 

                                 Type of Return          Code

 

                                 1098                     3

 

                                 1099-A                   4

 

                                 1099-B                   B

 

                                 1099-C                   5

 

                                 1099-DIV                 1

 

                                 1099-G                   F

 

                                 1099-INT                 6

 

                                 1099-MISC                A

 

                                 1099-OID                 D

 

                                 1099-PATR                7

 

                                 1099-R                   9

 

                                 1099-S                   S

 

                                 5498                     L

 

                                 W-2G                     W

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 _  RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 -----------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

 24-32     Amount           9    Required.  Enter the appropriate

 

           Codes                 amount code for the type of

 

           (See Note)            return being reported.

 

                                 Generally, for each amount code

 

                                 entered in this field, a

 

                                 corresponding payment amount must

 

                                 appear in the Payee "B" Record.

 

                                 In most cases, the  box numbers

 

                                 on paper information returns

 

                                 correspond with the amount codes

 

                                 used to file magnetically/

 

                                 electronically.  However, if

 

                                 discrepancies occur, this revenue

 

                                 procedure governs.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Example of Amount Codes:  If sector 1, position 23 of the

 

      'A' Record is "A" (for 1099-MISC) and positions 24-32 are

 

      "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the

 

      designated positions.  Do not enter the letter 'b'.), this

 

      indicates the payer is reporting any or all four payment

 

      amounts (1247) in all of the following "B" Records.

 

           The first payment amount field in the "B" Record will

 

                be represent Rents;

 

           the second will represent Royalties;

 

           the third will be all "0" (zeros);

 

           the fourth will represent "Federal income tax

 

                withheld";

 

           the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

           the seventh will represent Nonemployed compensation;

 

                and

 

           the eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

      RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD--Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Enter the amount codes in ascending sequence (i.e.,

 

 1247bbbbb; "b" denotes blanks; do not enter the letter "b"),

 

 left justify information and fill unused positions with blanks.,

 

 For further clarification of the Amount Codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Note:  A type of return and an amount code must be present in

 

 every Payer "A" Record even if no money amounts are being

 

 reported.  For a detailed explanation of the information to be

 

 reported in each amount code, refer to the 1995 "Instructions for

 

 Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                  For Reporting Mortgage Interest

 

 Form 1098 -                   Received From Payers/Borrowers

 

 Mortgage                      (Payer of Record) on Form 1098:

 

 Interest                      Amount

 

 Statement                     Code     Amount Type

 

                                 1       Mortgage interest

 

                                         received from

 

                                         payers/borrowers

 

                                 2       Points paid on purchase

 

                                         of principal residence

 

                                 3       Refund of overpaid

 

                                         interest

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting the Acquisition or

 

 Form 1099-A -                   Abandonment of Secured Property

 

 Acquisition or                  on Form 1099-A:

 

 Abandonment of                  Amount

 

 Secured Property                Code     Amount Type

 

 (See Note 1)                    2        Balance of principal

 

                                          outstanding

 

                                 4        Fair market value of

 

                                          property (See Note 2)

 

 

 Note 1:  If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in

 

 connection with the acquisition or abandonment of secured

 

 property and the filer would be required to file both Forms

 

 1099-A and 1099-C, Cancellation of Debt, the filer is required to

 

 file Form 1099-C only.  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on

 

 Coordination with Form 1099-C.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note 2:  Amounts previously reported under Amount Code 3, "Gross

 

 foreclosure proceeds", are now reported under Amount Code 4,

 

 which has been changed from "Appraisal value" to "Fair market

 

 value of property".  See the 1995 "Instruction for Forms 1099,

 

 1098, 5498, and W-2G for further information.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-B -                   1099-B:

 

 Proceeds from                   Amount

 

 Broker and Barter               Code    Amount Type

 

 Exchange

 

 Transactions                    2       Stocks, bonds, etc.  (For

 

                                         forward contracts, see

 

                                         Note 1.)

 

                                 3       Bartering  (Do not report

 

                                         negative amounts.)

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld

 

                                         (backup withholding)  (Do

 

                                         not report negative

 

                                         amounts.)

 

                                 6       Profit or loss realized

 

                                         in 1995 on Regulated

 

                                         Futures Contracts.  (See

 

                                         Note 2)

 

                                 7       Unrealized profit or

 

                                         loss on open contracts

 

                                         12/31/94.  (See Note 2)

 

                                 8       Unrealized profit or

 

                                         loss on open contracts

 

                                         12/31/95.  (See Note 2)

 

                                 9       Aggregate profit or

 

                                         loss.  (See Note 2)

 

 

 Note 1:  The payment amount field associated with Amount Code 2

 

 may be used to represent a loss from a closing transaction on a

 

 Forward Contract.  Refer to the "B" Record - General Field

 

 Descriptions, Payment Amount Fields, for instructions on

 

 reporting negative amounts.

 

 

 Note 2:  Payment Amount Fields 6, 7, 8, and 9 are for the

 

 reporting of Regulated Futures Contracts.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Cancellation of

 

 Form 1099-C -                   Debt on Form 1099-C:

 

 Cancellation of Debt            Amount

 

 (See Note 1)                            Code      Amount Type

 

 

                                 2       Amount of debt

 

                                         canceled

 

                                         (see Note 2)

 

                                 3       Interest included in

 

                                         Amount Code 2

 

                                 4       Penalties, fines or

 

                                         administrative costs

 

                                         included in Amount Code 2

 

                                 7       Fair market value of

 

                                         property (see Note 3)

 

 

 Note 1:  If, in the same calendar year, a debt is canceled in

 

 connection with the acquisition or abandonment of property and

 

 the filer would be required to file both Forms 1099-C and 1099-A.

 

 Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property, the filer is

 

 required to file form 1099-C only.  See the 1995 "Instructions

 

 for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on

 

 Coordination with Form 1099-A.

 

 

 Note 2:  A debt is any amount owed to the debtor including

 

 principal, interest, penalties, administrative costs, and fines,

 

 to the extent they are indebtedness under section 61(a)(12).  The

 

 amount of debt discharged or canceled may be all or only part of

 

 the total amount owed.  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information.

 

 

 Note 3:  Amount Code 7 will be used only if a combined Form

 

 1099-A and 1099-C is being filed.  See the 1995 "Instructions for

 

 Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for further information on

 

 reporting the fair market value of property and Coordination with

 

 Form 1099-A.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-DIV -                 Form 1099-DIV:

 

 Dividends and                   Amount

 

 Distributions                   Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                 1       Gross dividends and other

 

                                         distributions on stock

 

                                         (see Note)

 

                                 2       Ordinary dividends (see

 

                                         Note)

 

                                 3       Capital gain

 

                                         distributions (see Note)

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Form 1099-DIV -                 4       Nontaxable distributions

 

    (Cont.)                              (if determinable) (see

 

                                         Note)

 

                                 5       Investment expenses (see

 

                                         Note)

 

                                 6       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding)

 

                                 7       Foreign tax paid

 

                                 8       Cash liquidation

 

                                         distributions

 

                                 9       Noncash liquidation

 

                                         distributions (show

 

                                         fair market value)

 

 

 Note:  Amount Code 1 must be present (unless the payer is using

 

 Amount Codes 8 or 9 only) and must equal the sum of amounts

 

 reported in Amount Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5.  If an amount is present

 

 for Amount Code 1, there must be an amount present for Amount

 

 Codes 2-5 as applicable.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-G -                   1099-G:

 

 Certain                         Amount

 

 Government                      Code    Amount Type

 

 Payments

 

                                 1       Unemployment compensation

 

                                 2       State or local income tax

 

                                         refunds, credits or

 

                                         offsets

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding)

 

                                 6       Taxable grants

 

                                 7       Agriculture payments

 

 

 *NOTE:  Payments previously reported under Amount Code 5 for

 

 discharge of indebtedness are now reportable on Form 1099-C.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-INT -                 1099-INT:

 

 Interest Income                 Amount

 

                                 Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                 1       Interest income not

 

                                         included in Amount Code 3

 

                                 2       Early withdrawal penalty

 

                                 3       Interest on U.S. Savings

 

                                         Bonds and Treasury

 

                                         obligations

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding)

 

                                 5       Foreign tax paid

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-MISC -                1099-MISC:

 

 Miscellaneous                   Amount

 

 Income                          Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                 1       Rents (see Note 1)

 

                                 2       Royalties (see Note 2)

 

                                 3       Other income

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding and

 

                                         withholding on payments

 

                                         of Indian gaming profits)

 

                                 5       Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                 6       Medical and health care

 

                                         payments

 

                                 7       Nonemployed compensation

 

                                         or crop insurance

 

                                         proceeds (see Note 3)

 

                                 8       Substitute payments in

 

                                         lieu of dividends or

 

                                         interest

 

                                 9       Excess golden parachute

 

                                         payments

 

 

                                   (FILERS SEE NOTE 4)

 

 

 Note 1:  If reporting the Direct Sales Indicator only, use Type

 

 of Return Code A for 1099-MISC in position 23, and Amount Code 1

 

 in position 24 of the Payer "A" Record.  All payment amount

 

 fields in the Payee "B" Record will contain zeros.

 

 

 Note 2:  Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract; these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 Note 3:  Amount Code 7 is normally used to report nonemployed

 

 compensation.  However, Amount Code 7 may also be used to report

 

 crop insurance proceeds.  See positions 5-6, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record for instructions.  If nonemployed compensation and crop

 

 insurance proceeds are being paid to the same payee, a separate

 

 "B" Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note 4:  For the convenience of the payer, the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record may be used to report state

 

 and local income tax withheld.  This information does not need to

 

 be reported to IRS.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-OID -                 1099-OID:

 

 Original Issue                  Amount

 

 Discount                        Code    Amount Type

 

 

                                 1       Original issue

 

                                         discount for 1995

 

                                 2       Other periodic interest

 

                                 3       Early withdrawal penalty

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-PATR -                1099-PATR:

 

 Taxable                         Amount

 

 Distributions                   Code    Amount Type

 

 Received From

 

 Cooperatives                    1       Patronage dividends

 

                                 2       Nonpatronage

 

                                         distributions

 

                                 3       Per-unit retain

 

                                         allocations

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (backup

 

                                         withholding)

 

                                 5       Redemption of

 

                                         nonqualified notices and

 

                                         retain allocations

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                         Pass-Through Credits

 

                                         (see Note)

 

                                 6       For filers use

 

                                 7       Energy investment credit

 

                                         (see Note)

 

                                 8       Jobs credit (see Note)

 

                                 9       Patron's Alternative

 

                                         Minimum Tax Adjustment

 

 

 Note:  Amount Codes 6, 7, 8 and 9 are reserved for the patron's

 

 share of unused credits that the cooperative is passing through

 

 to the patron.  Other credits, such as the Indian employment

 

 credit may be reported in Amount Code 6.  The title of the credit

 

 reported in Amount Code 6 should be reported in the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record.  The amounts shown for

 

 Amount Codes 6, 7, 8, and 9 must be reported to the payee.  These

 

 Amount Codes for Pass-Through Credits and the Special Data

 

 Entries Field are for the convenience of the filer.  This

 

 information is not needed by IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-R -                   1099-R:

 

 Distributions                   Amount

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,       Code    Amount Type

 

 Retirement or Profit-

 

 Sharing Plans, IRAs,            1       Gross distribution (see

 

 Insurance Contracts, etc.               Note 2)

 

 (See Note 1)                    2       Taxable amount (see

 

                                         Note 3) or IRA/SEP

 

                                         distribution

 

                                 3       Capital gain (included in

 

                                         Amount Code 2).

 

                                 4       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                 5       Employee contributions or

 

                                         insurance premiums

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                 6       Net unrealized

 

                                         appreciation in

 

                                         employer's securities

 

                                 8       Other

 

                                 9       Total employee

 

                                         contribution (see Note 5)

 

 Note 1:  Additional information may be required in the "B"

 

 Record.  Refer to positions 45 through 49, Sector 1, of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 Note 2:  If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" (one) in position 48, Sector 1, of the

 

 "B" Record.  An amount must be shown in Amount Field 1.

 

 

 Note 3:  If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative

 

 amount.  For example, if stock is distributed but the value

 

 is less than the employee's aftertax contributions, enter the

 

 value of the stock in Amount Code 1, enter "0" (zero) in Amount

 

 Code 2, and enter the employee's contributions in Amount Code 5.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

          If the taxable amount cannot be determined enter a "1"

 

 (one) in position 49 Sector 1 of the "B" Record.  If a filer is

 

 reporting an IRA/SEP distribution, generally include the amount

 

 of the distribution in the Taxable Amount (Payment Amount 2,

 

 position 62-71) and enter a "1" (one) in the IRA/SEP Indicator

 

 Field (position 45).  A "1" (one) may be entered in the Taxable

 

 Amount Not Determined Indicator Field (position 49), Sector 1 of

 

 the "B" Record, but the amount of the distribution must still be

 

 reported in Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2.  See the explanation

 

 for Box 2a of Form 1099-R in the 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" for more information on reporting the

 

 taxable amount.

 

 

 Note 4:  See the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498,

 

 and W-2G" for further information concerning federal income tax

 

 withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 Note 5:  Amount Code 9 was previously used to report (State

 

 income tax withheld."   For the convenience of the payer, state

 

 and local income tax withheld may be reported in the Special Data

 

 Entries Field in the Payee "B" Record.  This information does not

 

 need to be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on

 

 Form 1099-S -                   Form 1099-S:

 

 Proceeds From                   Amount

 

 Real Estate                     Code    Amount Type

 

 Transactions

 

                                 2       Gross Proceeds (see Note)

 

                                 5       Buyer's part of real

 

                                         estate tax

 

 

 Note:  Include payments of timber royalties made under a "pay-as-

 

 cut" contract here under section 6050N.  If timber royalties are

 

 being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the Description Field of the

 

 "B" Record.  For more information, see Announcement 90-129, 1990-

 

 48 I.R.B. 10.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount Codes                    For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 5498 -                     5498:

 

 Individual                      Amount

 

 Retirement                      Code    Amount Type

 

 Arrangement

 

 Information (See Note)          1       Regular IRA contributions

 

                                         made in 1995 and 1996 for

 

                                         1995

 

                                 2       Rollover IRA

 

                                         contributions

 

                                 3       Life insurance cost

 

                                         included in Amount Code 1

 

                                 4       Fair market value of the

 

                                         account

 

 

 Note:  For information regarding Inherited IRAs, refer to 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G", Rev. Proc.

 

 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632.  Beneficiary information must be given in

 

 the Payee Name Line Field of the "B" Record.

 

 

      If reporting IRA contributions for a Desert Storm/Shield

 

 participant for other than 1995, enter "DS", the year for which

 

 the contribution was made, and the amount of the contribution in

 

 the Special Data Entries Field of the "B" Record.  Do not enter

 

 the contributions in Amount Code 1.

 

 

      For further information concerning Inherited IRAs or Desert

 

 Storm/Shield participant reporting, refer to 1994 "Instructions

 

 for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G", and Notice 91-17, 1991-1

 

 C.B. 319.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Amount                          For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Codes                           W-2G:

 

 Form W-2G -                     Amount

 

 Certain Gambling                Code    Amount Type

 

 Winnings

 

                                 1       Gross winnings

 

                                 2       Federal income tax

 

                                         withheld

 

                                 3       State income tax

 

                                         withheld (see Note)

 

                                 7       Winnings from

 

                                         identical wagers

 

 

 Note:  State income tax withheld is for the convenience of the

 

 payer but need not be reported to IRS/MCC.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 33        Test           1      Required.  Enter "T" if this is

 

           Indicator             a test file, otherwise, enter a

 

                                 blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 34        Service        1      Enter "1" (one) if a service

 

           Bureau                bureau was used to develop and/or

 

           Indicator             transmit files, otherwise, enter

 

                                 blank.  See Part A, Sec. 17 for

 

                                 the definition of a service

 

                                 bureau.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 35-44     Blank         10      Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 45-49     Transmitter      5    Required.  Enter the five

 

           Control Code          character alpha/numeric

 

           (TCC)                 Transmitter Control Code assigned

 

                                 by IRS/MCC.  A TCC must be

 

                                 obtained to file data on this

 

                                 program.  Do not enter more than

 

                                 one TCC per file.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 50        Foreign          1    Enter a "1" (one) if the payer is

 

           Entity                a foreign entity and income

 

           Indicator             is paid by the entity to a U.S.

 

                                 resident.  If the payer is not a

 

                                 foreign entity, enter a blank.

 

                                 (See Note)

 

 

 Note:  If payers erroneously report entities as foreign, they may

 

 be subject to a penalty for providing incorrect information to

 

 IRS.  Therefore, payers must be sure to code only those records

 

 as foreign corporations that should be coded.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 51-90     First           40    Required.  Enter the name of the

 

           Payer Name            payer whose TIN appears in

 

           Line                  Sector 1, positions 8-16 of the

 

                                 "A" Record.  Any extraneous

 

                                 information must be deleted.

 

                                 Left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 (Filers should not enter a

 

                                 transfer agent's name in this

 

                                 field.  Any transfer agent's name

 

                                 should appear in the Second Payer

 

                                 Name Line Field.)

 

 

 Note:  When filing reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest

 

 Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the

 

 recipient of the interest/the filer of Form 1098 (the payer).

 

 The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest

 

 (the payer of record) and the amount paid.  For Form 1099-S, the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction/the filer of form 1099-S and the "B" Record will

 

 reflect the seller/transferor.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 91-130    Second          40    If the Transfer (or paying) Agent

 

           Payer Name            Indicator Sector 1, position 131)

 

           Line                  contains a "1" (one), this field

 

                                 must contain the name of the

 

                                 transfer (or paying) agent.  If

 

                                 the indicator contains a "0"

 

                                 (zero), this field may contain

 

                                 either a continuation of the

 

                                 First Payer Name Line or blanks.

 

                                 Left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 131       Transfer         1    Required.  Identifies the entity

 

           Agent                 in the Second Payer Name Line

 

           Indicator             Field.  (See Part A, Sec. 17 for

 

                                 a definition of transfer agent.)

 

 

                                 Code        Meaning

 

 

                                 1           The entity in the

 

                                             Second Payer Name

 

                                             Line Field is the

 

                                             transfer agent.

 

                                 0 (zero)    The entity shown is

 

                                             not the transfer

 

                                             agent (i.e., the

 

                                             Second Payer Name

 

                                             Line Field contains

 

                                             either a

 

                                             continuation of the

 

                                             First Payer Name

 

                                             Line Field or

 

                                             blanks).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 132-171   Payer           40    Required.  If the Transfer Agent

 

           Shipping              Indicator in Sector 1, position

 

           Address               131 is a "1" (one), enter the

 

                                 shipping address of the transfer

 

                                 (or paying) agent.

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 

                                 Otherwise, enter the actual

 

                                 shipping address of the payer.

 

                                 street address should include

 

                                 number, street, apartment or

 

                                 suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 172-211   Payer City,     40    Required.  If the Transfer Agent

 

           State, and ZIP        Indicator in Sector 1, position

 

           Code                  131 is a "1," enter the city,

 

                                 town, or post office, state

 

                                 abbreviation and ZIP Code of the

 

                                 transfer (or paying) agent.

 

                                 Otherwise, enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office, state

 

                                 abbreviation and ZIP Code of the

 

                                 payer.  Left justify information

 

                                 and fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 212-256   Blank           45    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 - Need only be used if the payer and transmitter are not

 

            the same.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up a

 

                                 payer "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "A"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-82      Transmitter     80    Required if payer and

 

           Name                  transmitter are not the same.

 

                                 Enter the name of the

 

                                 transmitter in the manner in

 

                                 which it is used in normal

 

                                 business.  The name of the

 

                                 transmitter must be reported in

 

                                 the same manner throughout the

 

                                 entire file.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

                                 If the payer and transmitter are

 

                                 the same, this field may be

 

                                 blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-122    Transmitter     40    Required if payer and

 

           Mailing               transmitter are not the same.

 

           Address               Enter the mailing address of the

 

                                 transmitter.  Street address

 

                                 should include number, street,

 

                                 apartment or suite number (or

 

                                 P. O. Box if mail is not

 

                                 delivered to street address).

 

                                 Left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.  If

 

                                 the payer and transmitter are the

 

                                 same, this field may be blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 123-162   Transmitter     40    Required if the payer and

 

           City, State           transmitter are not the same.

 

           and ZIP Code          Enter the city, town, or post

 

                                 office, state and ZIP Code of the

 

                                 transmitter.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  If the

 

                                 payer and transmitter are the

 

                                 same, this field may be blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

       RECORD NAME:  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 163-256   Blank           94    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD- RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  _____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :          :         :          :

 

 :          :        :         : DISKETTE : PAYER'S :  PAYER   :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : PAYMENT : SEQUENCE :   TIN   :   NAME   :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   YEAR  :  NUMBER  :         : CONTROL* :

 

 :__________:________:_________:__________:_________:__________:

 

       1         2       3-4        5-7       8-16      17-20

 

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 :          :               :         :            :             :

 

 :  LAST    :   COMBINED    :         :            : TEST        :

 

 : FILING   : FEDERAL/STATE : TYPE OF :   AMOUNT   : INDICATOR   :

 

 :INDICATOR :    FILER      : RETURN  :   CODES    :             :

 

 :__________:_______________:_________:____________:_____________:

 

     21            22            23        24-32         33

 

 

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :           :       :              :             :       :

 

 : SERVICE   :       :              :   FOREIGN   : FIRST :

 

 : BUREAU    : BLANK : TRANSMITTER  :    ENTITY   : PAYER :

 

 : INDICATOR :       : CONTROL CODE :  INDICATOR  : NAME* :

 

 :           :       :              :             : LINE  :

 

 :___________:_______:______________:_____________:_______:

 

      34       35-44      45-49           50        51-90

 

  _____________________________________________________

 

 :        :           :          :             :       :

 

 : SECOND :  TRANSFER :  PAYER   : PAYER CITY, :       :

 

 : PAYER  :   AGENT   : SHIPPING :  STATE AND  : BLANK :

 

 : NAME*  : INDICATOR : ADDRESS  :  ZIP CODE   :       :

 

 : LINE   :           :          :             :       :

 

 :________:___________:__________:_____________:_______:

 

   91-130      131       132-171    172-211    212-256

 

 

 SECTION  4.  PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD- RECORD LAYOUT

 

           (Continued)

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :         :       :            :            :             :     :

 

 :         :       :            : TRANSMITTER: TRANSMITTER :     :

 

 :  RECORD : RECORD: TRANSMITTER:   MAILING  : CITY, STATE :BLANK:

 

 : SEQUENCE:  TYPE :    NAME    :   ADDRESS  : AND ZIP CODE:     :

 

 :_________:_______:____________:____________:_____________:_____:

 

      1        2        3-82         83-122     123-162    163-256

 

 

* When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction.

SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 The Payee "B" Record contains the payment information from individual returns. This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on double sided/double density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following:

(a) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G. (See Part E, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for field descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.)

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C.

(f) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(g) Sec. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S.

(h) Sec. 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G.

All "B" Records will consist of two sectors of 256 positions each.

SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS (Continued)

In the "A" Record, the amount codes that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, the filer must allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter "0's" (zeros). Example: If a payer is reporting on Form 1099-MISC, enter "A" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return Field. If a payer is reporting on Payments for Amount Codes 1, 2, 4 and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "1247bbbbb" (In this example, "b" denotes blanks in the designated positions. Do not enter the letter 'b'.) In the "B" Record:

          Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount

 

               1 will be Rents.

 

          Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 2 will

 

          represent Royalties.

 

          Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will

 

          be "0's" (zeros).

 

          Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 4 will

 

          represent Federal income tax withheld.

 

          Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and

 

               6 will be "0's" (zeros).

 

          Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 7 will

 

               represent Nonemployed compensation.

 

          Positions 122-141 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 8 and

 

               9 will be "0's" (zeros).

 

 

.02 The record layout for Sector 1 will be the same for all "B" Records. Sector 2, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part F, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 respectively for the record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname are to be entered by the filers.

.04 If filers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank. Compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control:

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, the records have been developed using the first name first, the filer must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record, must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees may be entered in the Second Payee Name Line Field.

.05 See Part A, Sec. 14 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.06 A field is also provided in these specifications for special data entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's personal use.

IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries Field, therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's option to use the Special Data Entries Field. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Record.

.07 Those payers participating in the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 16, in order to participate in this program. Forms 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-S and W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.09 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents. Ten dollars must appear as 0000001000.

.10 IRS strongly encourages filers to review the data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices. Transmitters should be especially careful that names, TINs, account numbers, types of income and income amounts are correct.

.11 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and TIN of the recipient of the interest (the payer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor.

SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G, see Part F, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

Note: For all fields marked Required, the transmitter must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked Required, the transmitter must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "1" (one)

 

           Sequence              to sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-4       Payment Year     2    Required.  Enter "95"  (unless

 

                                 reporting prior-year data).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 5-6       Document         2    Required for Forms 1099-G,

 

           Specific/             1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.  For

 

           Distribution          all other forms or if not used,

 

           Code                  enter blanks.

 

 

           Tax Year of           For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

           Refund                reporting the tax year for

 

           (Form 1099-G          which the refund, credit or

 

           only)                 offset (Amount Code 2) was

 

                                 issued.  Enter in position 5;

 

                                 position 6 must be blank.

 

 

                                 If the refund, credit or offset

 

                                 is not attributable to income tax

 

                                 from a trade or business, enter

 

                                 the numeric year from the table

 

                                 below for which the refund,

 

                                 credit or offset was issued

 

                                 (e.g., for 1994, enter 4).  If

 

                                 the refund, credit or offset

 

                                 is exclusively attributable to

 

                                 income from a trade or business,

 

                                 and is not of general equivalent

 

                                 of the year from the table below

 

                                 (e.g., for 1994, enter D.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Form 1099-G                                  Year for Which

 

      (cont.)                                      TRADE/BUSINESS

 

                                                     Refund was

 

                                   Year for Which      Issued

 

                                       GENERAL         (Alpha

 

                                 Refund was Issued   Equivalent)

 

 

                                          1                A

 

                                          2                B

 

                                          3                C

 

                                          4                D

 

                                          5                E

 

                                          6                F

 

                                          7                G

 

                                          8                H

 

                                          9                I

 

                                          0                J

 

 

           Crop Insurance        For Form 1099-MISC, enter a "1"

 

           Proceeds              (one) in position 5 if the

 

           (Form 1099-MISC       payment for Amount Code 7 is crop

 

           only)                 insurance proceeds.  Position 6

 

                                 will be blank.

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Distribution                   For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

  Code                          appropriate distribution code(s).

 

 (Form 1099-R only)             More than one code may apply for

 

 (For a detailed                Form 1099-R.  If only one

 

 explanation of the             code is required, it must be entered

 

 of the distribution            in position 5 and position 6 must be

 

 codes,see the 1995             blank.  Enter  at least one (1)

 

 "Instructions for              distribution  code.  A blank in

 

 Forms 1099, 1098,              position 5 is not acceptable.

 

 5498, and W-2G".)              Enter the applicable code from the

 

                                table that follows.  Position 5

 

                                must contain a numeric code in all

 

                                cases except when using P, D, E,

 

                                F, G, or H.  Distribution Code A,

 

                                B, or C, when applicable, must be

 

                                entered in position 6 with the

 

                                applicable numeric code in

 

                                position 5.

 

 

                                When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                distribution under Section

 

                                408(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue

 

                                Code, the filer may also enter

 

                                Code 1 if applicable.

 

 

                                Only two numeric combinations are

 

                                acceptable, codes 8 and 1, and

 

                                codes 8 and 2, on one return.

 

                                These two combinations can be used

 

                                only if both codes apply to the

 

                                distribution being reported.  If

 

                                more than one numeric code is

 

                                applicable to different parts of

 

                                a  distribution, report two

 

                                separate "B" Records.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

      Form 1099-R                Distribution Codes E, F, and H

 

        (Cont.)                  cannot be used in conjunction

 

                                 with other codes.  Distribution

 

                                 Code G may be used in conjunction

 

                                 with Distribution Code 4 only, if

 

                                 applicable.

 

 

                                 Category                    Code

 

                                 Early (premature)             1*

 

                                   distribution, no

 

                                   known exception

 

                                 Early (premature)             2*

 

                                   distribution, exception

 

                                   applies (as defined in

 

                                   section 72(q), (t), or

 

                                   (v) of the Internal

 

                                   Revenue Code) (other than

 

                                   disability or death)

 

                                 Disability                    3*

 

                                 Death (includes payments      4*

 

                                   to an estate or other

 

                                   beneficiary)

 

                                 Prohibited transaction        5*

 

                                 Section 1035 exchange         6

 

                                 Normal distribution           7*

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     8*

 

                                   earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                   (and/or earnings)

 

                                   taxable in 1995

 

                                 PS 58 costs                   9

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     P*

 

                                   earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                   taxable in 1994

 

                                 May be eligible for           A

 

                                   5- or 10- year averaging

 

                                 May be eligible for death     B

 

                                   benefit exclusion

 

                                 May be eligible for           C

 

                                   both A and B

 

                                 Excess contributions plus     D*

 

                                   earnings/excess deferrals

 

                                   taxable in 1993

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

        Form 1099-R              Excess annual additions       E

 

         (Cont.)                   under section 415

 

                                 Charitable gift annuity       F

 

                                 Direct rollover to IRA        G

 

                                 Direct rollover to qualified  H

 

                                   plan or tax-sheltered

 

                                   annuity

 

 

 *  If reporting an IRA or SEP distribution code a "1" (one) in

 

 position 44 of the "B" Record.

 

 

           Type of               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

           Wager (Form           applicable code in position 5.

 

           W-2G Only)            Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                 Category                    Code

 

 

                                 Horse race track (or          1

 

                                   off-track betting of

 

                                   a horse track nature)

 

                                 Dog race track (or off-       2

 

                                   track betting of a dog

 

                                   track nature)

 

                                 Jai-alai                      3

 

                                 State-conducted lottery       4

 

                                 Keno                          5

 

                                 Bingo                         6

 

                                 Slot Machines                 7

 

                                 Any other type of gambling    8

 

                                   winnings

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 7         2nd TIN          1    For Forms 1099-B, 1099-DIV,

 

           Notice                1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-OID,

 

                                 and 1099-PATR only.

 

 

                                 Enter "2" to indicate

 

                                 notification by IRS/MCC twice

 

                                 within three calendar years that

 

                                 the payee provided an incorrect

 

                                 name and/or TIN; otherwise, enter

 

                                 a blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 8         Corrected        1    Indicate a corrected return.

 

           Return                Code         Definition

 

           Indicator

 

                                 G            If this is a one-

 

                                              transaction

 

                                              correction

 

                                              or the first of a

 

                                              two-transaction

 

                                              correction.

 

 

                                 C            If this is the

 

                                              second  transaction

 

                                              of a

 

                                              two-transaction

 

                                              correction.

 

 

                                 Blank        If this is not a

 

                                              return being

 

                                              submitted

 

                                              to correct

 

                                              information

 

                                              already processed by

 

                                              IRS.

 

 

 Note:  C, G, and non-coded records must be reported using

 

 separate Payer "A" Records.  Refer to Part A, Sec. 13 for

 

 specific instructions on how to file corrected returns.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-12      Name Control     4    If determinable, enter the first

 

                                 four (4) characters of the

 

                                 surname of the person whose TIN

 

                                 is being reported in positions

 

                                 16-24 of the "B" Record,

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.  This is

 

                                 usually the payee.  If the name

 

                                 that corresponds to the TIN is

 

                                 not included in the first or

 

                                 second payee name line and the

 

                                 correct name control is not

 

                                 provided, a backup withholding

 

                                 notice may be generated for the

 

                                 record.  Surnames of less than

 

                                 four (4) characters should be

 

                                 left-justified, filling the

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 Special characters and imbedded

 

                                 blanks should be removed.  In the

 

                                 case of a business, other than a

 

                                 sole proprietorship, use the

 

                                 first four significant characters

 

                                 of the business name.  Disregard

 

                                 the word "the" when it is the

 

                                 first word of the name, unless

 

                                 there are only two words in the

 

                                 name.  A dash (-) and an

 

                                 ampersand (&) are the only

 

                                 acceptable special characters.

 

                                 Surname prefixes are considered

 

                                 part of the surname, e.g., for

 

                                 Van Elm, the name control would

 

                                 be VANE.

 

 

 Note:  Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters

 

 are allowed (e.g., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, or dash), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to filers in developing the

 

 Name Control:

 

 

                          NAME                    NAME CONTROL

 

 Individuals:

 

                       Jane Brown                     BROW

 

                       John A. Lee                    LEE*

 

                       James P. En, Sr.               EN*

 

                       John O'Neil                    ONEI

 

                       Mary Van Buren                 VANB

 

                       Juan De Jesus                  DEJE

 

                       Gloria A. El-Roy               EL-R

 

                       Mr. John Smith                 SMIT

 

                       Joe McCarthy                   MCCA

 

                       Pedro Torres-Lopes             TORR

 

                       Maria Lopez Moreno**           LOPE

 

                       Binh To La                     LA*

 

                       Nhat Thi Pham                  PHAM

 

                       Mark D'Allesandro              DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

                       The First National Bank        FIRS

 

                       The Hideaway                   THEH

 

                       A & B Cafe                     A&BC

 

                       11th Street Inc.               11TH

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

                       Mark Hemlock DBA

 

                         The Sunshine Club             HEML

 

 

 Partnership:

 

                       Robert Aspen and Bess Willow    ASPE

 

                       Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and

 

                         Joyce Spruce et al Ptr        FIR*

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                     NAME                    NAME CONTROL

 

 

 Estate:

 

                       Frank White Estate             WHIT

 

                       Sheila Blue Estate             BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

                       Daisy Corporation Employee

 

                         Benefit Trust                DAIS

 

                       Trust FBO The Cherryblossom

 

                         Society                      CHER

 

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

                       Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO       LABO

 

                       St. Bernard's Methodist

 

                         Church Bldg. Fund            STBE

 

 

  * Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters

 

    must be left-justified and blank filled.

 

 ** For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

    individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 13   Direct Sales       1     1099-MISC only.  Enter a "1" (one)

 

      Indicator                to indicate a sale of $5,000 or

 

                               more of consumer products to a

 

                               person on a buy/sell,

 

                               deposit/commission, or any other

 

                               commission basis for resale

 

                               anywhere other than in a permanent

 

                               retail establishment; otherwise,

 

                               enter a blank.

 

 

 Note:  If reporting direct sales only, use Type of Return A in

 

 position 23 and Amount Code 1 in position 24, of the Payer "A"

 

 Record.  All payment amount fields in the Payee "B" Records will

 

 contain zeros.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 14        Blank            1    Enter blank

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 15        Type of          1    This field is used to identify

 

           TIN                   the Taxpayer Identification

 

                                 Number (TIN) in positions 16-24

 

                                 as either an Employer

 

                                 Identification Number (EIN) or a

 

                                 Social Security Number(SSN).*

 

                                 Enter the appropriate code from

 

                                 the following table:

 

 

                                 Type of          Type of

 

                                  TIN      TIN    Account

 

                                   1       EIN    A business,

 

                                                  organization, or

 

                                                  other entity

 

 

                                   2       SSN    An individual

 

 

                                 blank     N/A    If the type of

 

                                                  TIN is not

 

                                                  determinable,

 

                                                  enter a blank.

 

 

 * While this is not a "Required" field, this information is

 

 important for the correct processing of the payee's TIN.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 16-24     Taxpayer         9    Required.  Enter the nine-digit

 

           Identification        Taxpayer Identification Number

 

           Number                of the payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                 appropriate).  If an

 

                                 identification number has been

 

                                 applied for but not received,

 

                                 enter blanks.  Do not enter

 

                                 hyphens or alpha characters.  All

 

                                 zeros, ones, twos, etc. will have

 

                                 the effect of an incorrect TIN.

 

                                 (see Note) If the TIN is not

 

                                 available, enter blanks.

 

 

                RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Note:  IRS/MCC contacts payers who have submitted payee data with

 

 missing TINS in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices.  Payers

 

 who submit data with missing TINS and have taken the required

 

 steps to obtain this information are encouraged to attach a

 

 letter of explanation to the required Form 4804.  This will

 

 prevent unnecessary contact from IRS/MCC.  The letter, however,

 

 will not prevent backup withholding notices (CP2100 or CP2100A

 

 Notices) or penalties (refer to 1995 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G", Penalty Section) for missing or

 

 incorrect TINS.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 25-44     Payer's         20    Enter any number assigned by the

 

           Account               payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

           Number                checking or savings account

 

           for Payee             number).  Filers are encouraged

 

                                 to use this field.  This number

 

                                 will help to distinguish the

 

                                 individual payee records and

 

                                 should be unique for each

 

                                 document.  Do not use the payee

 

                                 TIN since this will not make each

 

                                 record unique.  This information

 

                                 is particularly useful when

 

                                 corrections are filed.  This

 

                                 number will be provided with the

 

                                 backup withholding notification

 

                                 from the IRS and may be helpful

 

                                 in identifying the branch or

 

                                 subsidiary reporting the

 

                                 transaction.  Do not define data

 

                                 in this field in packed decimal

 

                                 format.  If fewer than twenty

 

                                 characters are used, filers may

 

                                 either left or right justify,

 

                                 filling the remaining positions

 

                                 with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 45        IRA/SEP         1     Form 1099-R only.  Enter "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) if reporting a distribution

 

           (See Note)            from an IRA or SEP; otherwise,

 

                                 enter a blank.

 

 

 Note:  Generally, report the total amount distributed from an IRA

 

 or SEP in Payment Amount Field 2 (taxable amount), as well as

 

 Payment Amount Field 1 (gross distribution) of the "B" Record.

 

 Filers may indicate the taxable amount was not determined by

 

 using the Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator (position 49)

 

 of the "B" Record.  However, still report the amount distributed

 

 in Payment Amount Fields 1 and 2.  Refer to the 1995

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G" for the

 

 exceptions.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 46-47      Percentage     2     Form 1099-R only.  Use this field

 

            of Total             only when reporting a total

 

            Distribution         distribution to more than one

 

                                 person, such as when a

 

                                 participant dies and filers

 

                                 distribute to two or more

 

                                 beneficiaries.  Therefore the

 

                                 percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                 field blank.  If the percentage

 

                                 is a fraction, round off to the

 

                                 nearest whole number (for

 

                                 example, 10.4 percent will be 10

 

                                 percent; 10.5 percent or more

 

                                 will be 11 percent).  Enter the

 

                                 percentage received by the person

 

                                 whose TIN is included in

 

                                 positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                 Record.  This field must be

 

                                 right-justified, and unused

 

                                 positions must be zero filled.

 

                                 If not applicable, enter blanks.

 

                                 Filers need not enter this

 

                                 information for IRA or SEP

 

                                 distributions or for direct

 

                                 rollovers.

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 48   Total               1      Form 1099-R only.  Enter a "1"

 

      Distribution               (one) only if the payment shown

 

      Indicator                  for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                 distribution, otherwise, enter

 

                                 blank.

 

 

 Note:  A total distribution is one or more distributions within

 

 one tax year in which the entire balance of the account is

 

 distributed.  Any distribution that does not meet this definition

 

 is not a total distribution.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 49   Taxable             1      Form 1099-R only.  Enter a "1"

 

      Amount Not                 (one) only if the taxable amount

 

      Determined                 entered in Payment Amount Field 1

 

      Indicator                  (Gross Distribution) of the "B"

 

                                 Record  cannot be computed,

 

                                 otherwise, enter a blank.  If the

 

                                 indicator is used, enter "0"

 

                                 (zero) in Payment Amount Field 2

 

                                 of the Payee "B" Record.  (See

 

                                 Note) Please make every effort to

 

                                 compute the taxable amount.

 

 

 Note:  If reporting an IRA/SEP Distribution for Form 1099-R, the

 

 Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator may be used; but, it is

 

 not required.  If the IRA/SEP Indicator is present, the amount of

 

 the distribution should be reported in Payment Amount Fields 1

 

 and 2.  Refer to the 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G" for more information.

 

        Filers are instructed to enter numeric information in all

 

 payment fields when filing magnetically or electronically.  However,

 

 when reporting information on the statement to recipient, the payer

 

 may be instructed to leave a box blank.  Follow the guidelines

 

 provided in the paper instructions for the statement to recipient.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 50-51     Blank          2      Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           Payment               Required.  Filers must allow for

 

           Amount Fields         all payment amounts.  For those

 

           (Must be              not used, must enter zeros.

 

           numeric)              For example:  If position 23,

 

                                 Type of Return, of the "A" Record

 

                                 is "A" (for 1099-MISC) and

 

                                 positions 24-32, Amount Codes,

 

                                 are "1247bbbbb" (In this example,

 

                                 b denotes blanks in the

 

                                 designated positions.  Do not

 

                                 enter letter 'b'.), this

 

                                 indicates as many as four actual

 

                                 payment amounts may be reported

 

                                 in the following "B" Records.

 

                                 Payment Amount 1 will represent

 

                                 Rents, Payment Amount 2 will

 

                                 represent Royalties, Payment

 

                                 Amount 3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                 Payment Amount 4 will represent

 

                                 Federal income tax withheld,

 

                                 Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be

 

                                 all "0" (zeros), Payment Amount 7

 

                                 will represent Nonemployed

 

                                 compensation, and Payment Amounts

 

                                 8 and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                 Each payment field must contain

 

                                 10 numeric characters (see Note).

 

                                 Each payment amount must be

 

                                 entered in U.S. dollars and

 

                                 cents.  The rightmost two

 

                                 positions represent cents in the

 

                                 payment amount fields.  Do not

 

                                 enter dollar signs, commas,

 

                                 decimal points or negative

 

                                 payments, except those items that

 

                                 reflect a loss on Form 1099-B.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                 Positive and negative amounts are

 

                                 indicated by placing a "+" (plus

 

                                 sign)  or "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                 left-most position of the payment

 

                                 amount field.  A negative

 

                                 overpunch in the units position

 

                                 may be used, instead of a minus

 

                                 sign, to indicate a negative

 

                                 amount.  If a plus sign, minus

 

                                 sign, or negative overpunch is

 

                                 not used, the number is assumed

 

                                 to be positive.

 

 

                                 Negative overpunch cannot be used

 

                                 in PC created files.

 

                                 Payment amounts must be right-

 

                                 justified and unused positions

 

                                 must be zero filled.  Federal

 

                                 income tax withheld cannot be

 

                                 reported as a negative amount on

 

                                 any form.

 

 

 Note:  If filers are reporting a money amount in excess of

 

 9999999999 (dollars and cents), it must be reported as follows:

 

      (1)  The first "B" Record must contain 9999999999.

 

      (2)  The second "B" Record will contain the remaining money

 

           amounts.

 

 DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN HALF.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 52-61     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 1*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 1 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 62-71     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 2*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 2 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-81     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 3*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 3 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 82-91     Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 4*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 4 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 92-101    Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 5*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 5 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 102-111   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 6*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 6 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 112-121   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 7*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 7 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 122-131   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 8*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 8 in the "A" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 132-141   Payment         10    The amount reported in this field

 

           Amount 9*             represents payments for Amount

 

                                 Code 9 in the "A" Record.

 

 

 *    If there are discrepancies between these payment amount

 

      codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in

 

      this revenue procedure govern.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 142-161   Blank           20    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 162       Foreign          1    If the address of the payee is in

 

           Country               a foreign country, enter a "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) in this field, otherwise,

 

                                 enter blank.  When using this

 

                                 indicator, filers may use a free

 

                                 format for the payee city, state,

 

                                 and ZIP Code.  Address

 

                                 information must not appear in

 

                                 the First or Second Payee Name

 

                                 Lines Fields.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 163-202   First Payee     40    Required.  Enter the name of the

 

           Name Line             payee (preferably surname first)

 

                                 whose Taxpayer Identification

 

                                 Number (TIN) appears in Sector 1,

 

                                 positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                 Record.  Left justify information

 

                                 and fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks.  If more space is

 

                                 required for the name, utilize

 

                                 the Second Payee Name Line Field.

 

                                 If there are multiple payees,

 

                                 only the name of the payee whose

 

                                 TIN has been

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                 provided should be entered in

 

                                 this field.  The names of the

 

                                 other payees may be entered in

 

                                 the Second Payee Name Line Field.

 

                                 If reporting for a sole

 

                                 proprietor, enter the

 

                                 individual's name in the First

 

                                 Payee Name Line Field.  The

 

                                 business name is optional in the

 

                                 Second Payee Name Line Field.

 

 

 Note:  When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the

 

 "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the payer).  The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying

 

 the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

 

 For Forms 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/

 

 transferor information.

 

 

 For Form 5498, Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by the word "beneficiary".  For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies

 

 that the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith.  Filers may abbreviate

 

 the word "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef".  Refer to the

 

 1995 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G".  The

 

 beneficiary's TIN should be reported in position 16-24 of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 203-242   Second Payee    40    If there are  multiple payees

 

           Name Line             (e.g., partners, joint owners, or

 

                                 spouses) use this field for those

 

                                 names not associated with the TIN

 

                                 in positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                 Record or if not enough space was

 

                                 provided in the First Payee Name

 

                                 Line, continue the name in this

 

                                 field.  Do not enter address

 

                                 information in this field. It is

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                                 important that filers provide as

 

                                 much payee information to IRS/MCC

 

                                 as possible to identify the owner

 

                                 of the TIN.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  Fill with

 

                                 blanks if no entries are present

 

                                 for this field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 243-256   Blank           14    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 -  FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

             1099-PATR, 1099-R AND 5498.

 

 

 See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for field

 

 descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C,

 

 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required. Enter "B"

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S. addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position fields, respectively. Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and

 

 ZIP Code. For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  Enter APO

 

                                 or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for the state or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP       9     Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only the

 

                                 first five digits are known, left

 

                                 justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                 (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator Field located in

 

                                 position 162 of Sector 1 of the

 

                                 "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-112    Blank           30    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 113-179   Special Data    67    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 180-181   Combined         2    If this payee record is to be

 

           Federal/              forwarded to a state agency as

 

           State Code            part of the Combined Federal/

 

                                 State Filing Program, enter the

 

                                 valid state code from Part A,

 

                                 Sec. 16, Table 1.  For those

 

                                 payers or states not

 

                                 participating in this program,

 

                                 or for forms not valid for state

 

                                 reporting, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 182-256   Blank           75    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS

Sector 1

  ____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :   DOCUMENT    :     2ND      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : PAYMENT :   SPECIFIC/   :     TIN      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :  YEAR   : DISTRIBUTION  :    NOTICE    :

 

 :          :        :         :     CODE      :  (OPTIONAL)  :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______________:______________:

 

       1         2       3-4       5-6           7

 

 

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :           :          :         :      :      :               :

 

 : CORRECTED :  NAME    : DIRECT  :      : TYPE :   TAXPAYER    :

 

 :  RETURN   : CONTROL* : SALES   : BLANK:  OF  : IDENTIFICATION:

 

 : INDICATOR :          :INDICATOR:      : TIN* :    NUMBER*    :

 

 :___________:__________:_________:______:______:_______________:

 

       8         9-12        13      14     15        16-24

 

 

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :  PAYER'S  :          :              :              : TAXABLE  :

 

 :  ACCOUNT  : IRA/SEP  :  PERCENTAGE  :    TOTAL     : AMT NOT  :

 

 : NUMBER FOR:INDICATOR :   OF TOTAL   : DISTRIBUTION :DETERMINED:

 

 :  PAYEE*   :          : DISTRIBUTION :  INDICATOR   : INDICATOR:

 

 :___________:__________:______________:______________:__________:

 

     25-44        45         46-47           48            49

 

 

           PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS - Continued

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

  _________________________________________________________

 

 :       :         :         :         :         :         :

 

 :       : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT :

 

 : BLANK : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  :

 

 :       :    1    :    2    :   3     :   4     :   5     :

 

 :_______:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:

 

  50-51     52-61     62-71     72-81     82-91     92-101

 

 

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :         :         :       :           :

 

 : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT : PAYMENT :       :  FOREIGN  :

 

 : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  : AMOUNT  : BLANK :  COUNTRY  :

 

 :   6     :   7     :   8     :   9     :       : INDICATOR :

 

 :_________:_________:_________:_________:_______:___________:

 

   102-111   112-121   122-131   132-141  142-161     162

 

 

  ________________________

 

 :       :        :       :

 

 : FIRST : SECOND :       :

 

 : PAYEE : PAYEE  : BLANK :

 

 : NAME  : NAME   :       :

 

 : LINE* : LINE*  :       :

 

 :_______:________:_______:

 

  163-202  203-242 243-256

 

 

 SECTOR 2  See Part F, Secs. 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13 for field

 

           descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

           1099-C, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

  ____________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :          :       :         :           :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE   : PAYEE :  PAYEE  :   PAYEE   :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING  : CITY  :  STATE  : ZIP CODE  :

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS  :       :         :           :

 

 :__________:________:__________:_______:_________:___________:

 

       1        2        3-42     43-71    72-73      74-82

 

 

  ____________________________________

 

 :       :         :          :       :

 

 :       :         : COMBINED :       :

 

 : BLANK : SPECIAL : FEDERAL/ : BLANK :

 

 :       :  DATA   :  STATE   :       :

 

 :       : ENTRIES :   CODE   :       :

 

 :_______:_________:__________:_______:

 

   83-112  113-179    180-181  182-256

 

 

* When filing Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-A.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 Form 1099-A cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - CONTINUED

 

                    FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  Enter APO

 

                                 or FPO if  applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state   and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this  field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for the state or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine-

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only

 

                                 the first five digits are known,

 

                                 left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                 (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator field, which is located

 

                                 in position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                 the "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-112    Blank           30    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 113-133   Special Data    21    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 134-139   Date of          6    Required for Forms 1099-A only.

 

           Lender's              Enter the date of the acquisition

 

           Acquisition           of the secured property or the

 

           or Knowledge          date filers first knew or had

 

           of Abandonment        reason to know that the property

 

                                 was abandoned in the format

 

                                 MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).  Do not

 

                                 enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 140       Liability        1    Form 1099-A only.  Enter the

 

           Indicator             appropriate indicator from the

 

                                 table below:

 

 

                                 Indicator    Usage

 

 

                                     1        Borrower was

 

                                              personally liable

 

                                              for repayment of the

 

                                              debt.

 

                                   Blank      Borrower was not

 

                                              liable for repayment

 

                                              of the debt.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 141-179   Description     39    Required for Form 1099-A only.

 

           of Property           Enter a brief description of the

 

                                 property.  For real property,

 

                                 enter the address, or if the

 

                                 address does not sufficiently

 

                                 identify the property, enter the

 

                                 section, lot and block.  For

 

                                 personal property, enter the

 

                                 type, make, and model (e.g.,

 

                                 Car-1995 Buick Regal or office

 

                                 equipment). Enter "CCC" for crops

 

                                 forfeited on Commodity Credit

 

                                 Corporation loans.  If fewer

 

                                 than 39 positions are required,

 

                                 left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 180-256   Blank           77    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

Sector 2

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :   PAYEE  :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

      1          2       3-42    43-71   72-73     74-82   83-112

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A - Continued

SECTOR 2 (Continued)

  _________________________________________________________

 

 :         :             :           :             :       :

 

 : SPECIAL :   DATE OF   : LIABILITY : DESCRIPTION :       :

 

 :  DATA   :   LENDER'S  : INDICATOR : OF PROPERTY : BLANK :

 

 : ENTRIES : ACQUISITION :           :             :       :

 

 :_________:_____________:___________:_____________:_______:

 

   113-133     134-139        140        141-179    180-256

 

 

SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-B.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 Form 1099-B cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B".

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S addresses, the payee city, state and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks. Enter APO

 

                                 or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state  and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this  field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for the state or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

                                 digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only the

 

                                 first five digits are known, left

 

                                 justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                 (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator Field, located in

 

                                 position 162 of Sector 1 of the

 

                                 "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-112    Blank           30    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 113-122   Special Data    10    This position of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - Sector 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 123       Gross            1    Form 1099-B only.  Enter the

 

           Proceeds              appropriate indicator from the

 

           Reported to IRS       the following table; otherwise,

 

           Indicator             enter blanks.

 

 

                                 Indicator     Usage

 

 

                                    1         Gross Proceeds

 

                                    2         Gross Proceeds less

 

                                              commission and

 

                                              option premiums

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 124-129   Date of          6    Form 1099-B only.  For broker

 

           Sale                  transactions, enter the trade

 

                                 date of the transaction.  For

 

                                 barter exchanges, enter the date

 

                                 when cash, property, a credit, or

 

                                 scrip is actually or

 

                                 constructively received in the

 

                                 format MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).

 

                                 Enter blanks if this is an

 

                                 aggregate transaction.  Do not

 

                                 enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 130-142   CUSIP Number    13    Form 1099-B only.  For broker

 

                                 transactions only, enter the

 

                                 CUSIP (Committee on Uniform

 

                                 Security Identification

 

                                 Procedures) number of the item

 

                                 reported for Amount Code "2"

 

                                 (stocks, bonds, etc.).  Enter

 

                                 blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                 transaction.  Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                 if the number is not available.

 

                                 Right justify and fill the

 

                                 remaining positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2  (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 143-181   Description     39    Form 1099-B only.  Enter a brief

 

                                 description of the item or

 

                                 services for which the proceeds

 

                                 or bartering is being reported.

 

                                 If fewer than 39 characters are

 

                                 required, left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  For

 

                                 broker transactions, enter a

 

                                 brief description of the

 

                                 disposition item (e.g., 100

 

                                 shares of XYZ Corp.).  For

 

                                 regulated futures and forward

 

                                 contracts, enter "RFC" or other

 

                                 appropriate description and any

 

                                 amount subject to backup

 

                                 withholding.  (See Note.) For

 

                                 bartering transactions, show the

 

                                 services or property provided.

 

 

 Note:  The amount withheld in these situations is to be included

 

 in Amount Code 4.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 182-256   Blank           75    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

SECTOR 2

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :  PAYEE   :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

      1         2        3-42    43-71   72-73     74-82   83-112

 

  _____________________________________________________________

 

 :         :           :        :        :             :       :

 

 : SPECIAL :   GROSS   :  DATE  : CUSIP  :             :       :

 

 :  DATA   :  PROCEEDS :   OF   : NUMBER : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :

 

 : ENTRIES : INDICATOR :  SALE  :        :             :       :

 

 :_________:___________:________:________:_____________:_______:

 

   113-122      123      124-129  130-142    143-181    182-256

 

 

SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-C.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-C.

.03 Form 1099-C cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B".

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 

 For U.S addresses, the payee city, state and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  Enter APO

 

 

                                 or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state  and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this  field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for the state or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 

             RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD - CONTINUED

 

                    FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only

 

                                 the first five digits are known,

 

                                 left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as

 

                                 long as the filer has entered a

 

                                 "1" (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator Field, which is located

 

                                 in position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                 the "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-112    Blank           30    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 113-133   Special Data    21    This portion of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 134-139   Date             6    Required for Forms 1099-C only.

 

           Canceled              Payer should enter the date when

 

                                 the debt was canceled in the

 

                                 format of MMDDYY (e.g., 102295).

 

                                 Do not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

            RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD - Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-C - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 140       Bankruptcy       1    Form 1099-C only.  Enter "1"

 

           Indicator             (one) to indicate the debt was

 

                                 discharged in bankruptcy.

 

 

                                 Indicator         Usage

 

 

                                 1            Debt was discharged

 

                                              in bankruptcy.

 

 

                                 Blank        Debt was not

 

                                              discharged in bank-

 

                                              ruptcy.

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 141-179   Debt            39    Form 1099-C only.  Enter a

 

           Description           description of the origin or

 

                                 debt, such as student loan,

 

                                 mortgage, or credit card

 

                                 expenditure.  If a combined Form

 

                                 1099-C and 1099-A is also being

 

                                 filed, also enter a description

 

                                 of the property.

 

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 180-256   Blank           77    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C

Sector 2

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :   PAYEE  :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

      1          2       3-42    43-71   72-73     74-82   83-112

 

 

   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-C

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

  _________________________________________________________

 

 :         :             :           :             :       :

 

 : SPECIAL :   DATE      : BANKRUPTCY:    DEBT     :       :

 

 :  DATA   : CANCELED    : INDICATOR : DESCRIPTION : BLANK :

 

 : ENTRIES :             :           :             :       :

 

 :_________:_____________:___________:_____________:_______:

 

   113-133     134-139        140        141-179    180-256

 

 

SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-OID.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                   FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                   FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state, and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks. Enter APO

 

                                 or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state    and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this  field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for states or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 as described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only

 

                                 the first five digits are known,

 

                                 left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as filers have entered a "1"

 

                                 (one)  in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator  Field, is located in

 

                                 position 162 of Sector 1 of the

 

                                 "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                   FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-112    Blank           30    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 113-140   Special Data    28    This position of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or  local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 141-179   Description     39    Required for Form 1099-OID only.

 

                                 Enter the CUSIP number, if any.

 

                                 If there is no CUSIP number,

 

                                 enter the abbreviation for the

 

                                 stock exchange and issuer, the

 

                                 coupon rate and year of maturity

 

                                 (e.g., NYSE XYZ 12 1/2 96).  Show

 

                                 the name of the issuer if other

 

                                 than the payer.  If fewer than 39

 

                                 characters are required, left-

 

                                 justify and fill unused positions

 

                                 with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 180-181   Combined         2    If a payee record is to be

 

           Federal/              forwarded to a state agency as

 

           State Code            part of the Combined Federal/

 

                                 State Filing Program, enter the

 

                                 valid state code from Part A,

 

                                 Sec. 16, Table 1.  For those

 

                                 payers or states not

 

                                 participating in this program,

 

                                 or for forms not valid for state

 

                                 reporting, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 182-256   Blank           75    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

           RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                   FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

SECTOR 2

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :   PAYEE  :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

       1         2       3-42    43-71   72-73     74-82   83-112

 

 

  __________________________________________

 

 :         :             :          :       :

 

 :         :             : COMBINED :       :

 

 : SPECIAL :             : FEDERAL/ :       :

 

 :  DATA   : DESCRIPTION :  STATE   : BLANK :

 

 : ENTRIES :             :   CODE   :       :

 

 :_________:_____________:__________:_______:

 

   113-140     141-179     180-181   182-256

 

 

SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-S.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Forms 1099-S.

.03 Form 1099-S cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 _______________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and ZIP Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state, and ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  Enter APO

 

                                 or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for states or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only

 

                                 the first five digits are known,

 

                                 left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                 (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator Field, which is located

 

                                 in position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                 the "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-110    Blank           28    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 111-133   Special Data    23    This position of the "B" Record

 

           Entries               may be used to record information

 

                                 for state or local government

 

                                 reporting or for the filer's own

 

                                 purposes.  Payers should contact

 

                                 the state or local revenue

 

                                 departments for filing

 

                                 requirements.  If this field is

 

                                 not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 134-139   Date of          6    Required for Form 1099-S only.

 

           Closing               Enter the closing date in the

 

                                 format MMDDYY (e.g., 102395).  Do

 

                                 not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 140-178   Address or      39    Required for Form 1099-S only.

 

           Legal                 Enter the address of the property

 

           Description           transferred (including

 

                                 city,state, and ZIP Code).  If

 

                                 the address does not sufficiently

 

                                 identify the property, also enter

 

                                 a legal description, such as

 

                                 section, lot, and block. For

 

                                 timber royalties, enter "TIMBER".

 

                                 If fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                 required, left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 179       Property         1    Required for Form 1099-S only.

 

           or Services           Enter "1" (one) if the trans-

 

           Received or To        feror received or will receive

 

           Be Received           property (other than cash and

 

                                 consideration treated as cash in

 

                                 computing gross proceeds) or

 

                                 services as part of the

 

                                 consideration for the property

 

                                 transferred.  Otherwise, enter a

 

                                 blank.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                    FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 180-256   Blank           77    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

SECTOR 2

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :   PAYEE  :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

      1         2       3-42     43-71   72-73    74-82    83-110

 

 

  ____________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :             :          :       :

 

 :         :         :  ADDRESS    : PROPERTY :       :

 

 : SPECIAL : DATE OF :  OR LEGAL   :    OR    :       :

 

 :  DATA   : CLOSING : DESCRIPTION : SERVICES : BLANK :

 

 : ENTRIES :         :             : RECEIVED :       :

 

 :_________:_________:_____________:__________:_______:

 

   111-133   134-139     140-178       179     180-256

 

 

When reporting Form 1099-S, the "B" Record will reflect the seller/transferor information.

SECTION 13. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form W-2G.

.02 See Part F, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 Form W-2G cannot be filed under the Combined Federal/ State Filing Program.

                  RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "2" to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payee record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "B"

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-42      Payee Mailing   40    Required.  Enter mailing address

 

           Address               of payee.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to street

 

                                 address).  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions with blanks.  This

 

                                 field must not contain any

 

                                 data other than the payee's

 

                                 mailing address.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 For U.S addresses, the payee city, state, and Zip Code must be

 

 reported as a 29, 2, and 9 position field, respectively.  Filers

 

 must adhere to the correct format for the payee city, state and

 

 ZIP Code.  For foreign addresses, filers may use the payee city,

 

 state and Zip Code as a continuous 40 position field.  Enter

 

 information in the following order:  city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country.  When reporting a

 

 foreign address, the Foreign Country Indicator Field, Sector 1,

 

 position 162, must contain a "1" (one).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 43-71     Payee City      29    Required.  Enter the city, town,

 

                                 or post office.  Left justify

 

                                 information and fill unused

 

                                 positions  with blanks.  Enter

 

                                 APO or FPO if applicable.  Do not

 

                                 enter state   and ZIP Code

 

                                 information in this  field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 72-73     Payee State      2    Required.  Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 for states or the appropriate

 

                                 postal identifier (AA, AE, or AP)

 

                                 as described in Part A, Sec. 18.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 74-82     Payee ZIP        9    Required.  Enter the valid nine

 

           Code                  digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                 U.S. Postal Service.  If only

 

                                 the first five digits are known,

 

                                 left justify information and fill

 

                                 unused positions with blanks.

 

                                 For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                 characters are acceptable as long

 

                                 as the filer has entered a "1"

 

                                 (one) in the Foreign Country

 

                                 Indicator Field, located in

 

                                 position 162 of Sector 1 of the

 

                                 "B" Record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 83-112    Blank           30    Enter blanks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

              RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 113-118   Date Won         6    Required for Form W-2G only.

 

                                 Enter the date of the winning

 

                                 event in the format MMDDYY (e.g.,

 

                                 102295).  This is not the date

 

                                 the money was paid, if paid after

 

                                 the date of the race (or game).

 

                                 Do not enter hyphens or slashes.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 119-133   Transaction     15    Required for Form W-2G only.  For

 

                                 state-conducted lotteries, enter

 

                                 the ticket or other identifying

 

                                 number.  For keno, bingo, and

 

                                 slot machines, enter the ticket

 

                                 or card number (and color, if

 

                                 applicable), machine serial

 

                                 number, or any other information

 

                                 that will help identify the

 

                                 winning transaction.  All others,

 

                                 enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 134-138   Race             5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                 enter the race (or game)

 

                                 relating to the winning ticket;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 139-143   Cashier          5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                 enter initials of the cashier

 

                                 making the winning payment;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

             RECORD NAME:  PAYEE "B" RECORD-Continued

 

                     FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 2  (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 144-148   Window           5    Form W-2G only.  If applicable,

 

                                 enter the window number or

 

                                 location of the person paying the

 

                                 winnings;  otherwise, enter

 

                                 blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 149-163   First ID        15    Form W-2G only.  For other than

 

                                 state lotteries, enter the first

 

                                 identification number of the

 

                                 person receiving the winnings;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 164-178   Second ID       15    Form W-2G only.  For other than

 

                                 state lotteries, enter the second

 

                                 identification number of the

 

                                 person receiving the winnings;

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 179-256   Blank           78    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

SECTOR 2

  _______________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :         :       :       :          :      :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD :  PAYEE  : PAYEE : PAYEE :   PAYEE  :      :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  : MAILING : CITY  : STATE : ZIP CODE : BLANK:

 

 :          :        : ADDRESS :       :       :          :      :

 

 :__________:________:_________:_______:_______:__________:______:

 

       1         2       3-42    43-71   72-73     74-82   83-112

 

 

  __________________________________________________________

 

 :          :             :      :         :        :       :

 

 : DATE WON : TRANSACTION : RACE : CASHIER : WINDOW : FIRST :

 

 :          :             :      :         :        :  ID   :

 

 :__________:_____________:______:_________:________:_______:

 

    113-118     119-133   134-138  139-143   144-148  149-163

 

 

  ________________

 

 :        :       :

 

 : SECOND : BLANK :

 

 :   ID   :       :

 

 :________:_______:

 

  164-178  179-256

 

 

SECTION 14. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record consist of the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer and/or a particular type of return. The "C" Record must be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.03 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if filers used Amount Codes 1, 3, and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-146 would be zero filled.

.04 Payers/Transmitters should verify the accuracy of the totals since data with missing or incorrect "C" Records will be returned for replacement.

               RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "1" (one) to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "C".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-8       Number of        6    Required.  Enter the total number

 

           Payees                of "B" Records covered by the

 

                                 preceding "A" Record.  Right

 

                                 justify and zero fill.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-11      Blank            3    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Required.  Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in the

 

 "B" Record into the appropriate control total field of the "C"

 

 Record.  Control totals must be right-justified, and unused

 

 control total fields must be zero filled.  All control total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26     Control         15

 

           Total 1

 

 27-41     Control         15

 

           Total 2

 

 42-56     Control         15

 

           Total 3

 

 57-71     Control         15

 

           Total 4

 

 72-86     Control         15

 

           Total 5

 

 87-101    Control         15

 

           Total 6

 

 

          RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "C" RECORD-Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 102-116   Control         15

 

           Total 7

 

 117-131   Control         15

 

           Total 8

 

 132-146   Control         15

 

           Total 9

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 147-256   Blank          110    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :        :       :         :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : NUMBER :       : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   OF   : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :

 

 :          :        : PAYEES :       :         :         :

 

 :__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:

 

      1         2       3-8      9-11    12-26     27-41

 

 

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :         :         :         :         :

 

 : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 :

 

 :_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:

 

    42-56     57-71     72-86     87-101   102-116   117-131

 

 

  _________________

 

 :         :       :

 

 : CONTROL :       :

 

 : TOTAL 9 : BLANK :

 

 :_________:_______:

 

   132-146  147-256

 

 

SECTION 15. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The control total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used only when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if filers used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There must be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 16 for the requirements and conditions that must be met to file on this program.

               RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "K" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record           1    Required.  Enter a "1" (one) to

 

           Sequence              sequence the sectors making up

 

                                 a payer record.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "K".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 3-8       Number of        6    Required.  Enter the total number

 

           Payees                of "B" Records being coded for

 

                                 this state.  Right justify and

 

                                 fill unused positions with zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

         RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "K" RECORD--Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 9-11      Blank            3    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Required.  Accumulate totals of any payment amount fields in the

 

 Payee "B" Records (for each state being reported) into the

 

 appropriate control total fields in the "K" Record.  Control

 

 totals must be right-justified, and unused control total fields

 

 must be zero filled.  All Control Total Fields are 15 positions

 

 in length.

 

 

 12-26     Control         15

 

           Total 1

 

 27-41     Control         15

 

           Total 2

 

 42-56     Control         15

 

           Total 3

 

 57-71     Control         15

 

           Total 4

 

 72-86     Control         15

 

           Total 5

 

 87-101    Control         15

 

           Total 6

 

 102-116   Control         15

 

           Total 7

 

 117-131   Control         15

 

           Total 8

 

 132-146   Control         15

 

           Total 9

 

 

         RECORD NAME:  END OF PAYER "K" RECORD--Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1 (Continued)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 147-254   Blank          108    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 255-256   Combined         2    Required.  Enter the code

 

           Federal/              assigned to the state which is to

 

           State Code            receive the information.  (Refer

 

                                 to Part A, Sec. 16, Table 1.)

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF PAYER "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  ________________________________________________________

 

 :          :        :        :       :         :         :

 

 :  RECORD  : RECORD : NUMBER :       : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : SEQUENCE :  TYPE  :   OF   : BLANK : TOTAL 1 : TOTAL 2 :

 

 :          :        : PAYEES :       :         :         :

 

 :__________:________:________:_______:_________:_________:

 

      1         2        3-8     9-11    12-26     27-41

 

 

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 :         :         :         :         :         :         :

 

 : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL : CONTROL :

 

 : TOTAL 3 : TOTAL 4 : TOTAL 5 : TOTAL 6 : TOTAL 7 : TOTAL 8 :

 

 :_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:_________:

 

    42-56     57-71      72-86    87-101   102-116   117-131

 

 

  ______________________________

 

 :         :       :            :

 

 : CONTROL :       :  COMBINED  :

 

 : TOTAL 9 : BLANK :  FEDERAL/  :

 

 :         :       : STATE CODE :

 

 :_________:_______:____________:

 

   132-146  147-254    255-256

 

 

SECTION 16. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

           RECORD NAME:  END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position  Field Title   Length  Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1         Record Type      1    Required.  Enter "F".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 2-5       Number of        4    Enter the total number of "A"

 

           "A" Records           Records in the entire file.

 

                                 Right justify and zero fill or

 

                                 enter all zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 6-30      Zero            25    Enter zeros.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 31-256    Blank          226    Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

SECTOR 1

  _____________________________________________

 

 :          :               :        :         :

 

 :  RECORD  :   NUMBER OF   :        :         :

 

 :   TYPE   :  "A" RECORDS  :  ZERO  :  BLANK  :

 

 :__________:_______________:________:_________:

 

      1            2-5         6-30     31-256

 

 

PART G. MAGNETIC/ELECTRONIC SPECIFICATION FOR EXTENSION OF TIME

SECTION 1. GENERAL INFORMATION

.01 The specifications in Part G include the required 200- byte record format for extension of time to file requests submitted on magnetic media or via IRP-BBS. Also included are the instructions for the information that is to be entered in the record. Filers are advised to read this section in its entirety to ensure proper filing.

.02 Requests for extensions of time may be made for Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, W-2G, and 1042-S.

.03 For Tax Year 1995 (returns due to be filed in 1996), transmitters requesting an extension of time to file for more than 50 payers are required to file the extension request on magnetic media or via IRP-BBS. Transmitters requesting an extension of time for 10 to 49 payers are encouraged to file the request magnetically or electronically. Acceptable types of media are tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskette.

.04 For extension request filed on magnetic media, the transmitter must send the completed, signed Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time to File Information Returns, in the same package as the corresponding media. For extension requests filed electronically, the transmitter must send the Form 8809 the same day the transmission is made.

.05 Transmitters should not submit a list of payer names and TINS with the Form 8809 with the magnetic media or electronic files.

.06 To be considered, an extension request must be postmarked or transmitted by the due date of the returns; otherwise, the request will be denied.

.07 The extension record format is also on the IRP-BBS and can be downloaded. See Part D for more information on how to contact the IRP-BBS.

.08 A magnetically-filed request for an extension of time should be sent using the following addresses:

If by Postal:

 

 

               IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

               ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator

 

               P O Box 879

 

               Kearnesyville, WV 25430

 

 

If by truck or air freight:

 

 

               IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

               ATTN: Extension of Time Coordinator

 

               Route 9 and Needy Road

 

               Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

Note: Due to the large volume of mail received by IRS/MCC and the time factor involved in processing the Form 8809, it is imperative that the attention line be present on all envelopes or packages containing Extension of Time (EOT) requests.

.09 If using a delivery service other than postal service, the actual date of receipt by IRS/MCC will be used as the received date. This should be considered in meeting filing requirements timely..

.10 Transmitters who submit their extension of time requests magnetically or electronically will receive a letter from IRS/MCC with an attached list of the payers specifying approval and/or denial.

.11 Do not submit tax year 1995 extension of time to file requests on magnetic media or electronically before January 1, 1996.

.12 Filers may request an extension of time as soon as they are aware that an extension is necessary but not later than the due date of the return. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request. Under certain circumstances a request for an extension of time could be denied. In such cases, the transmitter receives a denial letter. When this denial letter is received, the transmitter has 20 days to provide the additional or necessary information and resubmit the extension request to IRS/MCC.

.13 Each piece of magnetic media must have an external label containing the following information:

(a) Transmitter name

(b) Transmitter Control Code (TCC)

(c) Tax year

(d) The words "Extension of Time"

(e) Record count

Form 5064 or transmitter generated substitute may be used.

.14 A request for an extension of time to file is not automatically granted. Approval or denial is dependent on information provided on the Form 8809.

.15 If the first request for an extension of time to file was submitted magnetically or electronically and additional extension should be submitted. To submit the request, a transmitter must include the following:

(a) A letter requesting a additional 30 day extension.

(b) A copy of the initial extension approval letter received from IRS/MCC.

(c) A new magnetic or electronic file requesting an additional extension of time.

The submission must be received or postmarked before the end of the first extension period.

A second 30 day extension will be approved only in cases of extreme hardship or catastrophic event.

.16 See part A, Sec. 11, for complete information on requesting an extension of time to file information returns. If there are additional question or concerns, contact IRS/MCC.

SECTION 2 MAGNETIC TAPE, TAPE CARTRIDGE, 5 1/4- AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE AND IRP-BBS SPECIFICATIONS

.01 Tape specifications are as follows:

(a) 9 track.

(b) EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) or ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) recording mode.

(c) 1600 or 6250 BPI.

(d) Fixed block size of 4000 bytes.

(e) Record length of 200 bytes.

(f) Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.

.02 Tape cartridge specifications are as follows:

(a) Must be IBM 3480, 3490 or AS400 compatible.

(b) Must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2 inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4 inches by 5 inches by 1 inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2 inch tape.

(3) Cartridges will be 18-track or 36-track parallel. In Box 7 of Form 8809, indicate if the tape cartridge is 18 or 36 track.

(4) Mode will be full function.

(5) The data may be compressed using EDRC (Memorex) or IDRC (IBM) compression.

(6) Either EBCDIC or ASCII.

(c) Fixed block size of 4000 bytes.

(d) Record length of 200 bytes.

(e) Labeled or unlabeled tape cartridges may be submitted.

.03 Diskette specifications are as follows:

(a) 5 1/4- or 3 1/2-inches in diameter.

(b) ASCII recording mode only. Additional specifications may be found in Part B, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure.

(c) Record length of 200 bytes.

(d) Diskettes must be created using the MS/DOS operating system.

(e) Filename of IRSEOT must be used. No other filenames are acceptable. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSEOT will contain a three-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSEOT.001, the second diskette will be name IRSEOT.002, etc.

(f) Delimiter character commas (,) must not be used.

(g) Positions 199 and 200 of each record have been reserved for use as carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) characters, if applicable.

.04 IRP-BBS specifications include:

(a) Transmitter must have Transmitter Control Code Number (TCC).

(b) IRP-BBS access phone number is (304) 263-2749.

(c) Communications software settings are:

               -- No parity

 

               -- Eight date bits

 

               -- One stop bit

 

               -- Full duplex

 

 

(d) Access speeds from 1200 to 28,8800 bps.

(e) Data compression is encouraged. See Part D, IRP-BBS Electronic Filing Specifications, for detailed information on filing with IRS/MCC via IRP/BBS.

SECTION 3. RECORD LAYOUT

.01 Positions 6 through 174 of the following record should contain information about the payer for whom the extension of time to file is being requested. Do not enter transmitter information in these fields. Only one TCC may be present in a file.

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 1-5       Transmitter       5      Required. Enter the five

 

           Control               digit Transmitter Control

 

           Code (TCC)            Code issued by IRS.  Only one TCC

 

                                 per file is acceptable.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 SECTION  3.  RECORD LAYOUT - Continued

 

 ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 6-14      Payer             9      Required.  Must be the

 

           TIN                   valid nine-digit EIN/SSN

 

           (Withholding Agent    assigned to the payer.  Do not

 

           TIN - Form 1042S)     enter blanks, hyphens or alpha

 

                                 characters.  All zeros, ones,

 

                                 twos, etc. will have the effect

 

                                 of an incorrect TIN.  For foreign

 

                                 entities that are not required to

 

                                 have a TIN, this field may be

 

                                 blank; however, the Foreign

 

                                 Entity Indicator, position 175,

 

                                 must be set to "X".

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 15-54     Payer            40   Required.  Enter the name

 

           Name                  of the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                 positions 6-14.  Left justify.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 55-94     Second Payer     40   If additional space is

 

           Name                  needed, this field may be used to

 

                                 continue name line information

 

                                 (e.g., % First National Bank),

 

                                 otherwise, enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 95-134    Payer            40   Required.  Enter payer

 

           Address               address.  Street address should

 

                                 include number, street, apartment

 

                                 or suite number (or P.O. Box if

 

                                 mail is not delivered to a street

 

                                 address).

 

 _______________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 135-163   Payer City       29   Required.  Enter payer city, town

 

                                 or post office.

 

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 164-165   Payer State       2   Required.  Enter payer valid U.S.

 

                                 Postal Service state abbreviation

 

                                 (refer to Part A, Sec. 18).

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 166-174   Payer ZIP         9   Required. Enter payer

 

           Code                  ZIP code. If using a

 

                                 five-digit ZIP code, left

 

                                 justify information and

 

                                 fill unused positions with

 

                                 blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 175       Document          1   Required.  Enter the

 

           Indicator             document you are requesting

 

                                 an extension of time for using

 

                                 the following code:

 

 

                          Code   Document

 

 

                           1     W-2

 

                           2     1098, 1099-A, 1099-B,  1099-C,

 

                                 1099-DIV,1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-

 

                                 MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-

 

                                 R, 1099-S, or W-2G

 

                           3     5498

 

                           4     1042-S

 

                           5     REMIC Documents

 

                                 (1099-INT or 1099-

 

                                 OID)

 

                                 Do not enter any other values in

 

                                 this field.  Submit a separate

 

                                 record for each document.  For

 

                                 example, if you are requesting an

 

                                 extension for 1099-INT and 5498

 

                                 for the same payer, submit one

 

                                 record with a "2" coded in this

 

                                 field and another record with a

 

                                 "3" coded in this field.

 

 

 SECTION  3.  RECORD LAYOUT - Continued

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 Field

 

 Position  Field Title    Length Description and Remarks

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 175       Document              If you are requesting a

 

           Indicator             extension for 1099-DIV and

 

           (Cont'd)              1099-MISC for the same payer,

 

                                 submit one record with "2" coded

 

                                 in this field.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 176       Foreign Entity    1      Enter character "X" if

 

           Indicator             the payer is a foreign entity.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 177-198   Blank            22   Enter blanks.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

 199-200   Blank             2   Enter blanks.  Diskette filers

 

                                 may code the ASCII carriage

 

                                 return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                 characters.

 

 _________________________________________________________________

 

 

RECORD LAYOUT

  _________________________________________________________

 

 :             :       :       :         :         :       :

 

 : TRANSMITTER : PAYER : PAYER :  SECOND :  PAYER  : PAYER :

 

 :   CONTROL   :  EIN  : NAME  :  PAYER  : ADDRESS : CITY  :

 

 :    CODE     :       :       :  NAME   :         :       :

 

 :_____________:_______:_______:_________:_________:_______:

 

      1-5        6-14   15-54    55-94     95-134  135-163

 

  ______________________________________________________________

 

 :       :       :             :                :               :

 

 : PAYER : PAYER :  DOCUMENT   : FOREIGN ENTITY :    BLANK      :

 

 : STATE :  ZIP  :  INDICATOR  :   INDICATOR    :               :

 

 :       : CODE  :             :                :               :

 

 :_______:_______:_____________:________________:_______________:

 

  164-165 166-174     175             176           177-198

 

  _____________

 

 :             :

 

 : BLANK OR    :

 

 : CR/LF       :

 

 :             :

 

 :_____________:

 

    199-200

 

 

This is the end of Publication 1220 for Tax Year 1995.
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Institutional Authors
    Internal Revenue Service
  • Cross-Reference

    Rev. Proc. 94-43, 1994-27 IRB 5

  • Code Sections
  • Subject Areas/Tax Topics
  • Index Terms
    filing, electronic
  • Jurisdictions
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    95 TNT 125-18
Copy RID